Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Specialty Retail / Super Retail Group Ltd / FY2021 Annual Report

Super Retail Group Ltd
Annual Report 2021

SUL · ASX Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker SUL
Exchange ASX
Sector Communication Services
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 10,000+
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Super Retail Group Ltd
Loading PDF…
20 
21

ANNUAL
REPORT

Inspiring you to 
live your passion

ABN: 81 108 676 204

3

C O N T E N T S

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

16

18

20

22

24

26

28

31

43

68

130

132

Chair’s message

CEO’s message

About us

Performance highlights

Our strategy

Helping our communities in challenging times

Our brands 

Supercheap Auto 

rebel 

BCF

Macpac

Board of Directors

Executive Leadership Team

Our team 

Directors’ Report

Remuneration Report (Audited)

Financial Statements

Shareholder Information

Corporate Directory and Financial Calendar

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY214

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

5

CHAIR’S 
MESSAGE

DEAR SHAREHOLDERS

The 2021 financial year was a demonstration of Super 
Retail Group at its best, underlining the benefits of a 
sustainable business strategy that remains robust in a 
volatile world.

This  past  year  was  a  difficult  and  challenging  time 
for  everyone,  but  in  Super  Retail  Group’s  ongoing 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic we displayed the 
agility, innovation and resilience required to operate 
successfully in an uncertain external environment. 

When  I  wrote  to  shareholders  in  last  year’s  annual 
report,  the  health  and  economic  crisis  was  still 
unfolding. While uncertainty remains and the impact 
of  the  pandemic  will  play  out  for  some  time  yet, 
Super Retail Group has continued to perform strongly 
thanks  to  our  resilient  omni-retail  strategy,  strong 
leadership and engaged team members.

The $203 million equity raising in July 2020, completed 
with  strong  support  from  retail  and  institutional 
including  our  founder  and  major 
shareholders, 
shareholder Reg Rowe, helped position the Group for 
success. It allowed us to invest in both our people and 
the infrastructure needed to continue delivering our 
omni-retail  strategy  despite  the  uncertainty  created 
by COVID-19. The Group entered the 2022 financial 
year  with  a  conservative  balance  sheet  and  no  
bank debt.

As  consumer  trends  accelerated  the  shift  towards 
online and became embedded in customer behaviour 
across  Australia  and  New  Zealand,  our  supply  chain 
and  distribution  networks  were  bolstered  and 
enhanced,  flowing  through  to  a  strong  operational 
performance and a record financial result.

The  Group’s  result  and  robust  financial  position 
has  supported  the  Board’s  decision  to  determine  a 
fully  franked  final  dividend  of  55.0  cents  per  share.  
The  total  dividend  for  the  2021  financial  year  is  
88.0 cents per share. The total dividend represents a 
full year payout ratio of 65 per cent, in line with the 
Group’s policy.

On  behalf  of  shareholders,  the  Board  also  remains 
focused  on  the  ethical  and  sustainable  stewardship 
of all aspects of the Group’s activities. At Super Retail 
Group  we  are  determined  to  make  a  constructive 
contribution to society and have a positive impact in 
the communities in which we operate.

With  a  rapidly  evolving  external  environment,  the 
Group  is  reviewing  its  Vision,  Mission  and  Values  to 
ensure  they  remain  relevant  to  team  members  and 
other stakeholders. In the time since our Values were 
first articulated, the Company has transitioned to an 
omni-retailer  with  four  core  brands  and  employs  a 
larger and more diverse group of team members. The 
Board wants to be satisfied that these statements of 
intent remain firmly aligned with the ambition of the 
organisation. 

Robust  environmental,  social  and  governance 
practices  continue  to  be  an  area  of  focus  for  the 
Board and leadership team. 

As  a  Group,  our  business  activities  are  increasingly 
conducted in a manner that aligns with the transition 
to a lower carbon footprint and ESG risk management 
is  now  entrenched  as  a  routine  component  of  the 
Board’s accountabilities.

Any review of the past 12 months must call out the 

passion and dedication of our team members. Their 
commitment and capability is the open secret behind 
this organisation’s success. I am constantly impressed 
by  our  team  members,  with  frequent  accounts  of 
their  determination,  innovation  and  ingenuity  in 
getting  the  job  done,  confirming  the  depth  of  our 
talented and engaged workforce. We will continue to 
invest in our team members because we understand 
how integral they are to our growth.

Given  the  strong  corporate  performance  during 
one  of  the  most  challenging  external  environments 
in  our  time  as  a  listed  company,  the  leadership  of 
our  Managing  Director  and  Chief  Executive  Officer 
Anthony  Heraghty  can  only  be  described  as  first-
class. Despite the external uncertainty, Anthony has 
ensured the business continues to focus on executing 
our strategy, creating a culture of high performance, 
creativity  and  engagement.  Strong  leadership  from 
Anthony  and  his  leadership  team,  and  an  emphasis 
on  more  deeply  understanding  our  customers  has 
delivered enviable sales growth.  

The stewardship of the Board has helped strengthen 
the  Group  and  positioned  it  to  create  long-term 
value. The Board is diligent and dedicated in fulfilling 
its responsibilities guiding the business on behalf of 
shareholders and I take this opportunity to thank my 
fellow directors for their sound advice and counsel. 

Over  the  course  of  the  financial  year,  Diana  Eilert 
announced  her  retirement  as  a  Non-Executive  Director 
after six years on the Board. The Board thanks Diana for 
her contribution and service to shareholders, particularly 
as  Chair  of  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration 
Committee.      We  are  well  advanced  on  a  process  to 
replace  Diana  with  an  experienced  director  who  will 
complement the diversity of expertise on the Board. 

Although  the  year  ahead  will  be  marked  by  continuing 
uncertainty, the Board and leadership team have a clear 
strategy  to  ensure  the  Group  is  positioned  to  deliver 
sustainable success.  With the energy and commitment 
of  our  team  members  underpinning  the  business,  I  am 
confident  Super  Retail  Group  will  continue  to  create 
value for our shareholders.

Thank you for your continued support.

Sally Pitkin AO 
Chair

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY216

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

7

CEO’S 
MESSAGE

DEAR SHAREHOLDERS

Despite  continuing  aftershocks 
the  COVID-19 
pandemic over the past 12 months, I am pleased to report 
that  your  company  exceeded  performance  targets  and 
delivered a record sales result in FY21.

from 

Our omni-retail strategy and operational flexibility combined 
with  the  commitment  of  the  company’s  dedicated  team 
members  helped  Super  Retail  Group  deliver  more  than 
$3.45 billion in sales for the first time. This is a significant 
achievement given Australia and New Zealand continued to 
face lockdowns and movement restrictions as governments 
sought to contain COVID-19 outbreaks.

On behalf of the executive team, I offer my sincere thanks to 
the 14,305 team members in the Super Retail Group family. 
They  have  risen  above  every  challenge  thrown  at  them 
over the past 12 months and worked tirelessly to meet our 
customers’ needs. 

The foundation of our strong performance was built around 
a  strategy  of  boosting  inventories  to  meet  anticipated 
increases in customer demand and re-directing our efforts 
to  meet  elevated  demand  in  our  online  sales  channels. 
On  inventories,  we  shipped  54  per  cent  more  containers 
(TEUs) compared to the previous year to guarantee supplies 
and  overcome  global  logistical  challenges  related  to  the 
pandemic.  We  also  reduced  costs  and  complexity  within 
our supply chain and information technology infrastructure.

Our  strategy  enabled  us  to  capitalise  on  the  rapid  growth 
in  online  sales  and  the  expanded  appetite  of  customers 
for  DIY,  outdoors  and  health  and  wellbeing  products.  The 
results  -  delivered  against  the  backdrop  of  economy-wide 
COVID-19  impacts  across  Australia  and  New  Zealand  - 
confirm that our business strategy is resilient and delivering 
a real competitive advantage for the Group. 

STRONG FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

Given  the  ongoing  challenges  of  COVID-19,  we  were  very 
pleased  with  the  Group’s  financial  performance.  Key 
features  of  the  full-year  financial  performance  for  the  
52 weeks to 26 June 2021 included:

•  Total Group sales of $3.45 billion – up 22 per cent
•  Group like-for-like sales growth of 23 per cent
•  Online sales of $415.6 million – up 43 per cent
Segment EBIT of $476.8 million – up 80 per cent
• 
Segment PBT of $435.8 million – up 108 per cent
• 
• 
Statutory NPAT of $301.0 million – up 173 per cent
•  Normalised NPAT of $306.8 million – up 107 per cent
•  Basic EPS of 133.4 cents – up 139 per cent
• 

Fully franked final dividend of 55.0 cents per share. 

At the end of FY21, the Group had no bank debt and more 
than $242 million in cash on the balance sheet.

FOUR POWERFUL BRANDS 

Our  four  core  brands  continue  to  maintain  strong, 
established  positions  in  attractive  and  growing  lifestyle 
categories. 

In FY21, Supercheap Auto, rebel, BCF and Macpac all recorded 
significant sales growth as Australians and New Zealanders 
embraced domestic tourism, DIY vehicle maintenance and 

FY21 sales 
($m)

Sales  
growth

Like-for-
like sales 
growth

Online 
sales 
growth

Supercheap Auto

$1,308.8

16.9%

16.4%

rebel

BCF

Macpac

$1,197.0

15.3%

17.5%

$797.7

49.1%

48.0%

$153.4

16.3%

14.2%

31%

36%

90%

38%

more outdoor physical activity. The introduction of Macpac 
products to our rebel and BCF stores exceeded expectations, 
driving  sales  growth  and  raising  the  profile  of  the  brand.

ONLINE SALES MEETING CUSTOMER DEMAND

The channel shift to online sales, which accelerated during 
the COVID-19 lockdowns in FY20, continued over the past 
12 months. 

Group  online  sales 
increased  by  43  per  cent  to  
$415.6  million,  representing  12  per  cent  of  Group  sales 
compared  to  10  per  cent  in  the  previous  financial  year. 
Click  &  Collect,  which  leverages  the  strength  of  our  698 
stores and constitutes our most profitable online channel, 
represented 46 per cent of Group online sales.

While  the  overwhelming  majority  of  our  loyal  customers 
continue  to  use  stores  to  engage  with  the  business,  it  is 
clear  that  the  channel  shift  to  online  is  now  a  permanent 
feature of the retail landscape in Australia and New Zealand. 
Our continued evolution from a bricks and mortar retailer to 
an omni-retailer means we are well placed to successfully 
navigate the transition to increased digital sales.

A STRONG STORE NETWORK

Our  network  of  698  stores  continued  to  be  the  backbone 
of the business. 

Despite the impact of COVID-19 on foot traffic, 94 per cent 
of sales during the year involved a store visit.

We continue to invest in our store network, with upgrades 
and refurbishments delivering robust sales increases.

The  new  rebel  rCX  format  with  a  focus  on  key  categories 
of  basketball,  football,  fitness  and  kids  proved  highly 
attractive to customers while improvements to Supercheap 
Auto  stores,  including  the  expansion  of  ‘do-it-for-me’ 
service  spaces,  boosted  revenue.  Favourable  dynamics  in 
the commercial property sector also enabled us to secure 
improved  terms  on  many  of  our  lease  renewals  during  
the year.

OUR STRATEGY IS ON TRACK

sales  performance  during 

the  financial  year 
The 
demonstrates that our strategy is resilient and delivering a 
significant dividend for the business. The Group’s strategic 
focus remains on:

•  Growing the four core brands
Leveraging closeness to our customer
• 
•  Connecting our omni-retail supply chain
• 
Simplifying the business
•  Excelling in omni-retail.

The current uncertain outlook for retail trading conditions 
underscores  the  importance  of  our  clear  business  plan. 
The strategy has enabled us to take advantage of changing 
consumer  trends  and  invest  further  in  our  omni-retail 
execution to position the business for future success.

CUSTOMER LOYALTY IS KEY

Our  large  and  loyal  customer  base  continued  to  grow 
over the past 12 months, in line with our strategic goal of 
building stronger and closer personal relationships with our 
customers. 

We are very pleased with the growth in this area. We now 
have eight million active club members across our four core 
brands, an increase of 22 per cent on the previous financial 
year. Combined, our club members contributed 63 per cent 
of total sales and provide the Group with a key competitive 
advantage. 

With  significant  migration  to  online,  customer  satisfaction 
levels  have  improved  with  average  club  member  NPS 
increasing to 62.6, up 1.9 per cent on pcp.

AN ENGAGED AND CAPABLE TEAM 

This  year’s  record  result  is  a  credit  to  our  capable  and 
passionate team members. Their dedication to the business 
and our customers is a key driver of our sales performance 
and strong customer satisfaction levels in FY21. 

Health,  safety  and  wellbeing  remains  a  priority  for  the 
business and we are committed to a zero-harm workplace 
for  our  team  members.  Our  focus  on  manager-led  safety 
conversations, mental health, identifying and assessing key 
risks,  line  accountability  and  implementing  initiatives  to 
reduce  risks,  including  those  related  to  mobile  plant  and 
manual handling, helped reduce injury rates. 

We  achieved  a  Total  Recordable  Injury  Frequency  Rate 
(TRIFR)  of  9.43  in  FY21,  a  24  per  cent  reduction  on  the 
previous  year.  While  this  is  an  improvement,  there  is  no 
sense of complacency and we continue to look at how we 
can work together to improve outcomes for team members 
and the wider community.

We  also  continue  to  focus  on  gender  balance  across  the 
organisation as part of our commitment to gender equality 
and  a  diverse  and  inclusive  workforce.  In  FY21,  female 
representation on our Board was 29 per cent, 27 per cent 
at the executive leadership level and 39 per cent for women 
in  senior  leadership.  Recent  appointments  have  further 
improved  this  balance  and  while  we  still  have  work  to  do 
to reach our goal of gender equality by 2025, we are firmly 
on  the  right  path  to  building  a  more  representative  and 
stronger business.

The remediation program for the historical underpayment 
issues identified and proactively reported to the Fair Work 
Ombudsman  is  substantially  complete  with  $52.4  million 
in  back  payments  paid  to  more  than  26,488  current  and 
former  team  members.  Super  Retail  Group  continues  
to  engage  with  the  Fair  Work  Ombudsman  in  relation  to 
these matters.

A SUSTAINABLE FUTURE

Sustainability  is  at  the  core  of  our  business  decision-
making and in FY21 we made progress across the Group on 
implementing more sustainable practices.

Our  carbon  emissions  (scopes  one  and  two)  across  the 
Group  declined  by  seven  per  cent  and  our  recycling 
rates  (for  all  waste  material  in  stores,  support  offices  and 
distribution centres) remained at 65 per cent, in line with 
FY20 levels. Our brands continued to help customers reduce 
their  impact  on  the  environment  with  Supercheap  Auto 
recycling a record 1,068,200 million litres of oil and 85,967 
car batteries, and rebel recycling more than 37,000 pairs of 
shoes through its in-store collection. 

BCF  contributed  $300,000  and  customers  raised  a  further 
$392,850  to  support  OzFish  in  protecting  and  restoring 
waterways  and  fish  habitats.  Through  its  Fund  for  Good, 
Macpac gave grants worth more than $376,000 to over 40 
organisations.

The Group was included in the SAM Sustainability Yearbook 
2021  as  a  Sustainability  leader  in  the  retail  sector  and 
increased  its  Dow  Jones  Sustainability  Index  score  to  60, 
placing it in the top quartile within the retail sector.

The Group’s performance in FY21, despite one of the most 
challenging retail environments in our history, underscores 
that  our  business  strategy  is  working,  fit-for-purpose  and 
delivering significant long-term value for our shareholders. 

The  Group’s  four  core  brands  have  established  market 
positions  in  the  fast-growing  auto,  sports,  leisure  and 
outdoor  categories  and  our 
is 
underpinned  by  eight  million  active  club  members.  While 
the outlook for retail trading conditions remains uncertain, 
we  are  confident  that  demand  in  our  lifestyle  categories 
will continued to be supported by growing trends towards 
fitness, wellbeing and enjoying the great outdoors.

loyal  customer  base 

We  are  in a  very  strong  position to  continue inspiring our 
customers  to  live  their  passion,  and  we  remain  focused 
on growing our market share to help deliver value for our 
shareholders.

Anthony Heraghty 
Group Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY218

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

9

ABOUT 
US

14,305

TEAM  
MEMBERS

698

STORES

Super Retail Group (ASX: SUL) is the proud owner of four iconic brands: Supercheap Auto, rebel, BCF and Macpac, and is one of Australia and 
New Zealand’s largest retailers. 

Our powerful brands have established, leading positions in growing high-involvement lifestyle categories of auto, sports and outdoor leisure. 
We provide our customers and highly engaged eight million active loyalty club members with the option to experience our brands whenever 
and however they choose – whether that’s through our network of 698 stores or via our digital capabilities, which we continue to enhance.

OUR BRANDS

Supercheap Auto is Australia 
and New Zealand’s largest 
specialty automotive parts and 
accessories retail business. 
We leverage our market 
leadership to provide a wide 
range of tools and accessories, 
as well as products for travel, 
touring, outdoors, garage and 
the shed.

Macpac’s apparel and 
equipment has inspired a 
life outdoors since 1973. 
Designed, tested and 
proven in the ultimate 
outdoor test lab – New 
Zealand – our wide 
range of products are 
made by adventurers, for 
adventurers.

rebel helps our customers 
chase their sporting dreams. 
We are Australia’s leading 
sporting goods specialist 
retailer, bringing the best 
of global brands direct to 
our customers. We inspire 
all Australians to live their 
sporting passion, with the 
best service and products 
empowering every customer 
to answer the call of sport. 

BCF is a leading outdoor 
retailer in the country, with 
stores in every Australian state 
and territory. With expert 
knowledge and service, we 
provide everything you could 
possibly need for your next 
boating, camping or fishing 
adventure, all under the one 
roof. 

4

SUPPORT  
OFFICES

8

DISTRIBUTION 
CENTRES

3

COUNTRIES OF 
OPERATION

Australia, New Zealand and China

OUR VISION

Inspiring you to live your passion – whether that’s proudly looking after your car, running a 
marathon, catching a ‘barra’ or reaching a mountain summit.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Super Retail Group is committed to sound corporate governance standards that protect and 
enhance the sustainable performance of the Group, taking into account the interests of our 
stakeholders, as well as the communities and environments in which the Group operates. 

The  Group  has  complied  with  the  ASX  Corporate  Governance  Council’s  Principles  and 
Recommendations (4th Edition) for the entire reporting period. Further details are set out 
in  the  Group’s  Appendix  4G  and  Corporate  Governance  Statement,  authorised  for  issue 
by the Directors, which are available on the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) website 
at  www.asx.com.au  and  the  Group’s  website  at:  https://www.superretailgroup.com.au/
investors-and-media/corporate-governance/

ABOUT THIS REPORT

These financial statements are the consolidated financial statements of the consolidated 
entity consisting of Super Retail Group Limited and its subsidiaries. The financial report is 
presented in Australian dollars. Super Retail Group Limited is a company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its principal registered office and principal place 
of  business  is  6  Coulthards  Avenue,  Strathpine,  Queensland,  4500.  A  description  of  the 
nature of the consolidated entity’s operations and its principal activities is included in the 
Directors’ Report and Remuneration Report on pages 31 to 67. All press releases, reports and  
other  information  are  available  on  our  Investors  and  Media  menu  on  our  website:  
https://www.superretailgroup.com.au/.

This  report  may  contain  forward-looking  statements,  including  statements  of  current 
intention, opinion and expectation regarding the Group’s present and future operations, 
possible future events and future financial prospects (including statements related to the 
ongoing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic). These forward-looking statements are based 
on  the  information  available  as  at  the  date  of  this  report  and  they  are,  by  their  nature, 
subject to significant uncertainties, many of which are outside of the control of the Group. 
Actual results, circumstances and developments may differ materially from those expressed 
or implied, and the Group cautions against reliance on any forward-looking statements in 
this report.

OUR VALUES

Our culture is underpinned by five values that guide the way we operate and behave.

PASSION 

OPENNESS

INTEGRITY

CARE

DISCIPLINE

10

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

11

PERFORMANCE 
HIGHLIGHTS

$3.45b

GROUP SALES UP 22% 

23%

GROUP LFL 
SALES GROWTH

$476.8m

SEGMENT EBIT  
UP 80% 

$435.8m

SEGMENT PBT  
UP 108%

$306.8m

NORMALISED  
NET PROFIT  
AFTER TAX

$301.0m

STATUTORY  
NPAT

88.0¢

DIVIDEND PER  
SHARE, FULLY  
FRANKED

CUSTOMER LOYALTY AND  
OMNI-RETAIL EXECUTION

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

43%TOTAL GROUP ONLINE SALES GROWTH

31%

SUPERCHEAP AUTO 

>1.6m

NEW ONLINE CUSTOMERS 

56%

CLICK & COLLECT SALES 
GROWTH 

34%

HOME DELIVERY SALES 
GROWTH 

36%

REBEL

90%

BCF

38%

MACPAC

CHANNEL

88% IN-STORE 

SALES 

HOME 
DELIVERY

6%

CLICK & 
COLLECT

6%

% OF TOTAL SALES

CUSTOMER LOYALTY

8.0m

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 

62.6

AVERAGE CUSTOMER 
NPS 

63.2%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBER 
% OF GROUP SALES

54%

HOME DELIVERY % OF  
TOTAL ONLINE SALES

46%

CLICK & COLLECT % OF 
TOTAL ONLINE SALES

12

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

13

OUR 
STRATEGY

STRATEGIC DRIVERS

GROWING 
ANNUAL 
CUSTOMER 
VALUE

PRIMARY 
VALUE 
LEVERS

BEING AN  
EFFICIENT  
OMNI-RETAILER 

ENSURING 
ORGANIC  
GROWTH AND 
CAPITAL  
DISCIPLINE  

GROW THE FOUR CORE BRANDS: Focus on four core brands, key categories and 
leveraging scale.

1

FOCUS AREAS
•  Align capital investment to grow our four 

core brands 

•  Develop organic brand strategies, 

leveraging consolidated competitive 
advantage

•  Refresh private brand strategy

FY21 OUTCOMES
•  Expansion of successful rCX concept in Doncaster 
to Parramatta, Miranda, Chermside and Chadstone

•  Progressed five-year brand strategy
•  Ongoing store network optimisation 
•  Macpac range expanded successfully to BCF  

and rebel

•  New and refreshed ranges across the private 

brand portfolio and improved brand execution  
in BCF

LEVERAGE CLOSENESS TO OUR CUSTOMER: Building a personalised relationship 
with our customers, capitalising on data and insights. 

2

FOCUS AREAS
•  Deepen understanding of the customer 
through more sophisticated analytics  
and insights

•  Develop structured customer relationship 
management (CRM) program to drive 
visitation and transaction growth
•  Align marketing, merchandising and 

pricing strategies to customer

FY21 OUTCOMES
•  Embedding behavioural segmentation across the 

value chain in all brands

•  Completion of customer research and loyalty club 
reviews, leading to the updated Customer Value 
Propositions for all brands
•  Expansion of pricing strategy 

CONNECTED OMNI-RETAIL SUPPLY CHAIN: Continuing to build a fit-for-purpose 
integrated supply chain.

3

FOCUS AREAS
•  Optimise Australian and New Zealand 
distribution centre networks, planning 
and product flows 

•  Orchestration of customer online orders 
•  Maximise benefits of Group sourcing 

capability

FY21 OUTCOMES
•  Progressed Group sourcing optimisation and  

five-year supply chain strategy

•  Commenced upgrade of the Warehouse 

Management System

•  Order Management System (OMS) phase one and 
International Freight System (IFS) implemented

•  Enhanced omni fulfilment network
•  Supply chain TRIFR reduced by 62 per cent

SIMPLIFY THE BUSINESS: Becoming a more efficient and effective omni-retailer 
through optimising overhead and focusing on customer-facing investment.

4

FOCUS AREAS
•  Remove duplication and leverage scale
•  KPI alignment and value mindset 
•  Modernise technology infrastructure to 

be fit-for-purpose

FY21 OUTCOMES
•  Senior Leadership Team KPIs aligned to Group 
strategy and cascaded through the business
Information Services’ five-year strategy in train 
including migration to Amazon Web Services 
•  Team engagement and communication tools  

• 

in use (Workplace by Facebook)

•  Ongoing workforce planning program 

EXCEL IN OMNI-RETAIL: Enhancing our customer experience through all touchpoints 
along the customer journey. 

5

FOCUS AREAS
•  Build expertise for our customer-facing 
teams, underpinned by team members 
as industry experts 

FY21 OUTCOMES
•  Omni-retail execution continuing including key digital 

acceleration elements:
• Web chat: positive conversion rate and average  

•  Deliver a seamless ‘Super Retailer’ 

order value impact

experience 

•  Evolve the store experience

• Fit-finder: delivering sustained Conversion Rate uplift 
• Overhauled checkout flow: easier to transact 
• Search engine optimisation: increasing source  

of revenue

•  Further development of Artificial Intelligence for 

merchandising

•  Enhanced websites with improved navigation
•  Continued investment in store experience, particularly 

across Supercheap Auto and rebel

 
14

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

15

Helping our 
communities in 
challenging times

As customer demand soared during the past 12 months due  
to  increased  participation  in  DIY  maintenance,  outdoor 
pursuits  and  health  and  wellbeing  activities,  Super  Retail  
Group  went  to  significant  lengths  to  ensure  its  customer’s  
needs were fulfilled. 

Whether  it  was  generators  and  gas  refills  for  bushfire  and 
flood-affected  customers,  meeting  the  huge  demand  for 
exercise equipment during protracted COVID-19 lockdowns 
or assisting a family buying their first tent for a holiday-at-
home,  the  Group  supported  its  customers  throughout  a 
challenging year.

Meeting this record level of demand required a step-change 
in how we managed inventories and serviced our customers.

Our distribution centres moved more than 408,000 pallets - 
a 25 per cent increase on the prior year - enabling the four 
core brands to have the right products in the right stores for 
our customers at the right time. 

Our  store  team  members  fulfilled  Click  &  Collect  orders 
at  a  rapid  pace,  with  sales  up  56  per  cent  on  last  year. 
Our  home  delivery  offer  also  stepped  up,  with  more 
than  1.5  million  deliveries  completed  in  the  reporting 
period.  Our  dedicated  team 
in  the  customer  care 
centre  also  stepped  up  to  meet  the  increased  demand 
and  solved  more  than  400,000  calls  while  introducing 
new  technology  such  as  webchat  in  November  2020,  
which  facilitated  more  than  71,000  interactions  in  the 
financial year.

With  the  ongoing  challenges  faced  by  many  communities, 
our  products  and  our  team  helped  tens  of  thousands  of 
Australians  and  New  Zealanders  to  continue  to  live  their 
passions while staying safe and active.

The  Group  delivered  a  record  $3.45  billion  in  sales  as  our 
customers built home gyms, kept their cars on the road and 
re-embraced the great Australian road-trip holiday. 

We  imported  more  than  15,000  containers  (TEUs)  -  a  
54  per  cent  increase  on  the  previous  year  -  to  provide 
sufficient stock that would meet demand, and we were able 
to circumvent delays in COVID-19 affected supply chains.

Our  customers  took  to  the  great  outdoors  in  droves  in 
response to restrictions around interstate and international 
travel. As an example, sales of BCF’s tents grew more than 
55 per cent. 

With  the  continuing  turmoil  of  natural  disasters  and  the 
pandemic, the Group acknowledged the critical role played 
by  emergency  services  personnel  in  responding  to  natural 
disasters and the COVID-19 pandemic. 

Our four core brands joined other retailers in supporting the 
second  First  Responders  Day  –  offering  discount  privileges 
for healthcare and emergency services personnel who went 
above  and  beyond  during  the  pandemic  and  the  natural 
disasters that caused so much devastation in Australia and 
New Zealand.

Super  Retail  Group  recognises  that  sustainable  value  
creation  is  only  possible  if  we  play  a  positive  role  in  the 
communities we serve.

During  FY21,  Macpac’s  ‘Fund  for  Good’  program  awarded 
grants  worth  over  $376,000  to  more  than  40  Australian 
and  New  Zealand-based  organisations.  BCF’s  support  of 
OzFish  continued  with  $300,000  being  contributed  to  the 
protection  and  restoration  of  waterways  and  fish  habitats 
and a further $392,850 being raised by customers. 

To ensure Super Retail Group continues to create value, the 
business encourages all team members to act in a manner 
that benefits the communities in which we operate.

An  awareness  of  community  expectations,  and  how  and 
they  are  constantly  evolving,  is  necessary  to  continually 
readjust the way we work. Society is demanding more of the 
corporate sector, raising the bar on what is the right way of 
going about business.

Super  Retail  Group  understands  that  the  best  way  to 
understand  the  communities  in  which  it  operates  is  to  be 
embedded and active in the community. Drawing our team 
members  from  our  communities,  using  local  partners  and 
suppliers, participating in community programs, all help us 
build a deep understanding of our customers needs.

And  it  assists  the  business  in  responding  swiftly  at  times  
of need. 

When  our  customers  are  facing  serious  challenges,  Super 
Retail Group has established a track record of working hard 
to be there for them. It’s a reputation we are determined to 
retain. It requires commitment and enormous reservoirs of 
energy  and  enthusiasm  to  take  that  extra  step,  make  that 
extra call to ensure the customer is satisfied.

We  acknowledge  this  would  be  impossible  to  achieve 
without the dedication and commitment of our indefatigable 
team members. Without their support and drive, the Group 
would  have  been  unable  to  deliver  such  achievements 
across such a challenging year. 

$300,000 

BCF SUPPORT FOR OZFISH

408,000+

PALLETS DELIVERED

$376,000

MACPAC ‘FUND FOR 
GOOD’ GRANTS

400,000+ 

CALLS VIA OUR  
CUSTOMER CARE CENTRE

16

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

17

OUR
BRANDS

Supercheap Auto is Australia and New Zealand’s largest specialty automotive parts and accessories retail 
business. We leverage our market leadership to provide a wide range of tools and accessories, as well as 
products for travel, touring, outdoors, garage and the shed.

327

STORES

2.3m

64

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

AVERAGE ACTIVE  
CLUB MEMBER NPS

IN-STORE SERVICES 
Helping our customers 
enjoy their drive

The Supercheap Auto Services program provides high-
value  fitments  and  services  to  complement  a  wide 
range of common automotive products sold in store. 
These  services  include  checks  and  replacement  of 
batteries, wiper blades, bulbs, protectors and covers. 
Our team are trained to help the customer choose the 
correct  product  and,  in  many  cases,  fit  or  apply  the 
product  for  the  customer.  The  program  is  available 
in  318  stores,  with  100  of  those  stores  offering  
an  extended  range  of  fitments  and  services,  such  as 
roof racks.

In  FY21,  the  team  increased  its  focus  on  this  offer, 
delivering  almost  725,000  service  solutions  to 
our  Supercheap  Auto  customers.  The  services 
included  fitting  340,000  wiper  blades  and  arms, 
replacing  107,000  bulbs,  replacing  and  recycling  
32,000 batteries, and facilitating 206,000 automotive 
paint requests.

Market  data  has  provided  us  with  a  clear  picture 
of  the  two  distinct  customer  segments  most  likely 
to  participate  and  benefit  from  this  offer.  The  first 
segment  is  the  ‘do-it-for-me’  customer,  who  see  the 

service  as  a  low-cost  alternative  to  solving  problems 
usually  handled  by  their  mechanic.  The  second 
segment  is  the  traditional  ‘do-it-yourself’  customer, 
who could do it themselves but instead choose the no-
fuss convenience of getting it done while they shop.

A key priority of the program is the safety of our team 
and  customers.  Dedicated  Service  Areas  (DSAs)  are 
in  nearly  a  third  of  all  Supercheap  Auto  stores  and 
provide  a  safe  and  secure  location  for  fitments  and 
services to be undertaken. These areas provide space 
for  a  broader  range  of  fitments  that  would  not  be 
possible in a traditional carpark environment. 

Continued  expansion  of  the  DSA  network  is  key  to 
offering  the  extended  range  of  services  in-store,  to 
meet the needs of local customers and their vehicles. 
During the pandemic, we also implemented a contact-
free fitment solution, so our team could continue to 
provide this service while keeping a safe distance from 
each other and the customer.

The services program is continuing to expand in range 
and  volume  as  we  incorporate  the  latest  customer 
insights  and  market  data  into  the  offer.  In  FY21,  the 
core  services  (bulbs,  blades  and  batteries)  achieved 
an  NPS  result  of  80,  which  is  15  points  higher  than 
our  average  active  club  member.  Given  the  critical 
role services play in the overall shopping experience 
for our customer, we are committed to continuing to 
grow  the  services  program  as  our  customers’  needs 
and vehicles change.

16.9%SALES GROWTH

14.7%PBT MARGIN 

46%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

6%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

85%

BRAND AWARENESS
Data: Stellar Market Research;  
Australia FY21

31%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

37%

ACTIVE CLUB  
MEMBER GROWTH

92%IN–STORE 

% OF TOTAL SALES

2%HOME DELIVERY 

% OF TOTAL SALES

18

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

19

OUR
BRANDS

rebel helps our customers chase their sporting dreams. We are Australia’s leading sporting goods  
specialist retailer, bringing the best of global brands direct to our customers. We inspire all Australians  
to live their sporting passion, with the best service and products empowering every customer to answer 
the call of sport. 

153

STORES

3.2m

59

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

AVERAGE ACTIVE  
CLUB MEMBER NPS

15.3%SALES GROWTH

13.9%PBT MARGIN

68%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

5%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

94%

BRAND AWARENESS
Data: Stellar Market Research;  
Australia FY21

36%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

13%

ACTIVE CLUB  
MEMBER GROWTH

84%IN–STORE 

% OF TOTAL SALES

11%HOME DELIVERY 

% OF TOTAL SALES

Bringing the 
rebel brand 
promise to life

The  rebel  team  continues  to  inspire  Australians  to 
chase their sporting dreams and passions through the 
rebel  customer  experience  (rCX)  store  program  and 
roll-out.

Following  the  opening  of  the  first  rCX  store  in 
Doncaster in March 2020, the team further progressed 
the  personalised  concept  with  the  expansion  and 
refurbishment  of  key  sites  including  Miranda  and 
Parramatta 
in 
Queensland, and Chadstone in Victoria.

in  New  South  Wales,  Chermside 

Despite  ongoing  volatility  with 
the  COVID-19 
pandemic, the new concept stores are showing strong 
sales  growth  with  almost  50  per  cent  increase  in 
sales  compared  to  the  previous  year.  The  key  focus 
categories of women’s apparel, senior footwear, kids, 
football,  basketball,  and  fitness  are  all  performing 
strongly, providing confidence for future roll-outs.

The  rCX  stores  offer  customers  an  innovative  and 
immersive shopping experience, using a combination 

of technology and personalised interactions to create 
a truly unique experience. From shooting hoops and 
playing  virtual  interactive  games,  to  getting  a  fellow 
athlete’s  advice  about  the  perfect  running  shoe, 
the  rCX  concept  positions  rebel  as  a  frontrunner  in 
sporting expertise and experiences.

The  introduction  of  a  football  experience  space,  a 
basketball  court  and  a  showcase  of  LeBron  James’ 
products  is  providing  customers  a  memorable  retail 
experience  and  a  chance  for  sporting  fanatics  to 
have  fun  with  friends.  The  passion  and  expertise 
from the team on the floor, combined with the range 
and  presentation  of  products  on  offer  in  rCX  stores, 
creates a unique connection with the customer. Each 
store  includes  bespoke  features  to  cater  to  the  local 
community  and  is  designed  to  provide  a  balance 
between  retail  and  experience,  to  maximise  the 
customer journey and return on floorspace.

The  concept,  designed  in  partnership  with  Nike  and 
other  key  trade  partners,  was  recognised  at  Inside 
Retail’s  2021  Retailer  Awards  with  rebel  winning  the 
Best  Store  Design/Concept  of  the  Year  category,  as 
well as the Customer Experience of the Year (Medium 
to Large Business) award.

The  next  step  for  rebel  is  to  continue  to  innovate, 
listen and respond to customer feedback and expand 
the rCX strategy across key stores around the country.

20

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

21

OUR
BRANDS

BCF is a leading outdoor retailer in the country, with stores in every Australian state and territory. With 
expert knowledge and service, we provide everything you could possibly need for your next boating, 
camping or fishing adventure, all under the one roof. 

142

STORES

2.0m

63

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

AVERAGE ACTIVE  
CLUB MEMBER NPS

49.1%SALES GROWTH

12.1%

PBT MARGIN

84%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

6%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

76%

BRAND AWARENESS
Data: Stellar Market Research;  
Australia FY21

90%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

29%

ACTIVE CLUB  
MEMBER GROWTH

89%

IN–STORE 
% OF TOTAL SALES

5%

HOME DELIVERY 
% OF TOTAL SALES

Better for our 
customers –  
new formats,  
new locations

The  changing  retail 
landscape  for  the  outdoor 
category  continued  in  FY21,  with  an  increase  in 
customer participation in everything boating, camping 
and  fishing.  In  response  to  significantly  increased 
participation  in  these  recreational  activities,  BCF 
began  trialling  a  series  of  new  brand  and  category 
initiatives, regional formats and store locations.

A core initiative catering to this customer growth is the 
expansion  of  the  BCF  store  network  to  include  new 
store  formats  (high-fulfilment  stores)  and  regional 
locations (smaller format stores). 

The  purpose  of  this  expansion  is  to  reach  more 
customers  and  become  even  more  relevant  to  our 
loyal customers in each location. 

There  are  now  six  high-fulfilment  stores  in  the 
BCF  network,  such  as  Everton  Park  in  south-east 
Queensland,  that  cater  to  both  the  local  and  online 
customers  with  an  active  range  that  is  over  45  per 
cent greater than a standard store.

Smaller format stores in key locations such as Echuca 
in  Victoria,  Ayr  in  north  Queensland  and  Victor 

Harbor  in  South  Australia  are  also  proving  to  be  a 
successful format, delivering sales intensity well above  
fleet average. 

The Echuca store is about 35 per cent smaller than the 
traditional  BCF  store  with  a  localised  range  catering 
for  customers  with  a  tailored  freshwater  fishing 
range  and  reduced  offer  on  saltwater  gear.  Trading 
since November 2020, BCF Echuca has upper quartile 
performance in sales density and profit contribution.

The 4WD and caravan categories have been showing 
accelerated demand for a period of time. In response 
to this growth, significant in-store improvements were 
made in the financial year to cater for this burgeoning 
demand. The overhaul of the in-store offer for these 
two  categories  included  new  purpose-built  fixtures, 
improved signage, changed positions in store and eye-
catching display samples for customers. Amplification 
of  these  categories  in  a  trial  store  in  FY21  delivered 
substantial growth, and plans for a further 25 stores 
to join the rollout are well progressed.

BCF  Glendale  in  New  South  Wales  has  one  of  the 
largest  showrooms  in  the  BCF  network  with  a  1680 
sqm  showroom  and  is  one  of  the  first  stores  to 
showcase  the  new  4x4  amplification.  The  site  is  a 
replacement store and an example of BCF’s property 
plan  to  relocate  key  stores  to  a  superior  site  with 
improved car parking and customer access.

BCF  will  continue  to  progress  these  new  initiatives, 
which  are  designed  to  accelerate  the  growth  of  key 
categories,  highlight  key  in-store  brands,  and  meet 
growing customer participation through tailored, local 
offers as well as online demand.

22

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

23

OUR
BRANDS

Macpac’s apparel and equipment has inspired a life outdoors since 1973. Designed, tested and proven  
in the ultimate outdoor test lab – New Zealand – our wide range of products are made by adventurers,  
for adventurers.

76

STORES

0.5m

68

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS

AVERAGE ACTIVE  
CLUB MEMBER NPS

Macpac range 
extended to BCF  
and rebel

Macpac  is  New  Zealand’s  original  technical  outdoor 
brand.  The  apparel  and  equipment  we  design  has 
inspired  a  life  outdoors  since  1973,  and  our  journey 
has  been  one  of  creation  and  innovation  since  day 
one. Macpac has a proud heritage rooted in adventure 
and a devoted following that spans generations. Our 
products are built to stand the test of time, and they 
continue to support explorers in some of the world’s 
harshest environments. 

Starting out as a wholesale company, Macpac initially 
served  domestic  and  international  markets  across 
New Zealand, Australia, Japan and Europe using third-
party retailers. In 2008, Macpac expanded into retail 
with its first flagship store. 

In FY21, we embraced a new concept to grow brand 
awareness and introduce our wide range of products 
to  a  different  type  of  customer.  Looking  beyond  the 
classic  adventurer  –  and  those  who  love  travel  and 
the  outdoors  –  Macpac  extended  its  range  to  new 
customers who wear the outdoor look casually, with 
a  trial  of  select  Macpac  apparel  in  four  Tasmanian 

BCF stores during winter 2020. The trial showed early 
signs of success for the BCF stores as well as the two 
Tasmanian Macpac stores, with 33 per cent like-for-like 
sales  growth  in  the  Macpac  stores  attributed  to  the 
growth  in  brand  awareness.  The  trial  also  improved 
Macpac online sales in Tasmania.

The  trial  showed  that  brand  awareness  and  sales 
could be driven by using Super Retail Group’s existing 
brands  instead  of  relying  on  third-party  partners.  As 
a  result,  two  select  winter  ranges  were  rolled  out 
to  53  Australian  BCF  stores  in  April,  followed  by  99 
Australian rebel stores in May. 

Virtual  training  was  undertaken  by  the  brand  teams 
and Macpac  fixtures  were  installed in  BCF  to  display 
the  new  stock.  The  Macpac  apparel  range  delivered 
more than 35 per cent of total apparel sales in those 
BCF  stores  in  FY21.  BCF  has  also  ordered  a  select 
Macpac range for the upcoming summer season.

As  a  result  of  these  changes,  Macpac  recorded 
significant  sales  growth  as 
its  products  were 
introduced to new customers experiencing the quality 
and comfort of our apparel for the first time. We are 
confident  the  increased  exposure  of  the  brand  will 
help to attract and retain a new generation of devoted 
supporters, and adventurers.

16.3%SALES GROWTH

11.0%

PBT MARGIN 

66%

ACTIVE CLUB MEMBERS 
% OF TOTAL SALES

2%

CLICK & COLLECT 
% OF TOTAL SALES

86%

BRAND AWARENESS
Data: Stellar Market Research;  
New Zealand FY21

38%

ONLINE SALES GROWTH

6%

ACTIVE CLUB  
MEMBER GROWTH

79%

IN–STORE 
% OF TOTAL SALES

19%HOME DELIVERY 

% OF TOTAL SALES

24

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

25

BOARD OF 
DIRECTORS1

Appointed

Committees

Experience

Other Roles

SALLY PITKIN AO
Independent  
Non-Executive Chair 

ANTHONY HERAGHTY
Group Managing Director  
and Chief Executive Officer

REG ROWE
Non-Executive Director

HOWARD MOWLEM
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

PETER EVERINGHAM 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

ANNABELLE CHAPLAIN AM
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

GARY DUNNE 
Independent  
Non-Executive Director

Chair – 23 October 2017 
Board – 1 July 2010

Chair of the Nomination 
Committee, Member (ex-officio) 
of the Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee

Sally has 25 years’ experience 
as a Non-Executive Director in 
the listed, private, public and 
non-profit sectors, including 
experience in international 
markets, and 17 years’ 
experience as a non-executive 
director of ASX200 companies. 
Sally served as an Independent 
Non-Executive Director for Super 
Retail Group (1 July 2010 – 23 Oct 
2017) prior to her appointment 
as Chair and is an ex-officio 
member of the Human Resources 
and Remuneration Committee. 
She is a former lawyer and 
former partner of a national law 
firm with banking law, corporate 
law and corporate governance 
expertise. Sally holds a Doctor 
of Philosophy (Governance), a 
Master of Laws and Bachelor of 
Laws.

Director of ASX listed companies 
The Star Entertainment Group 
Limited and Link Administration 
Holdings Limited, Fellow of the 
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and Chair of the 
Institute’s Corporate Governance 
Committee. 

20 February 2019

8 April 2004

13 June 2017

19 December 2017

31 March 2020

31 March 2020

Member of the Nomination 
Committee

Anthony has more than 20 years’ 
leadership experience across 
the retail, apparel, FMCG and 
marketing services industries. 
Prior to his appointment as 
Group Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer, Anthony 
was Managing Director – Outdoor 
Retailing (2015 – 2019) where he 
was responsible for the BCF, Rays 
and Macpac businesses. Anthony 
has served in a variety of senior 
roles including Group General 
Manager of Underwear for Pacific 
Brands Limited, where he led the 
overhaul of the Bonds business 
from a wholesale operation to an 
omni-retailer, Global Marketing 
Director for Foster’s Group 
Limited and Managing Director 
for George Patterson and 
McCann Erickson.

Reg and Hazel Rowe founded 
an automotive accessories mail 
order business in 1972, which 
they ran from their Queensland 
home. In 1974 they commenced 
retail operations of the business 
that evolved into the thriving 
specialty retail business – 
Supercheap Auto. 
Reg served as Managing 
Director until 1996 and then 
Chairman from 1996 to 2004. 
Prior to this, Reg had 13 years’ 
experience in various retail 
and merchandise roles at Myer 
department stores. 
Reg brings to the Board 
extensive retail industry 
and general management 
expertise and skills in retail 
and merchandise operations, 
property and strategy.

Director of a number of private 
family companies.

Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee, Member of 
the Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee

Howard is experienced in many 
segments of the Australian and 
international retail industry and 
brings extensive experience 
in corporate finance, mergers 
and acquisitions, financial 
reporting, treasury, tax, audit and 
governance. From 2001 – 2010, 
he was Chief Financial Officer 
and board member of Dairy 
Farm International Holdings, 
a Hong Kong-based pan-Asian 
retailer. Prior to that, he held 
the position of Finance Director 
for Coles Supermarkets for 12 
years. Howard was formerly 
a Non-Executive Director of 
Billabong International Ltd. He 
holds a Bachelor of Economics 
(Hons), a Master of Business 
Administration and Securities 
Industry Diploma, and is a Fellow 
of CPA Australia.

Chair of the Human Resources 
and Remuneration Committee, 
Member of the Audit and Risk 
Committee and Nomination 
Committee

Peter is an experienced executive 
with more than 25 years’ 
corporate experience, including  
18 years in senior executive 
roles in the digital sector. He 
was formerly Managing Director 
of SEEK Limited’s International 
Division, and served as a 
Non-Executive Director of the 
education businesses, IDP 
Education, Online Education 
Services and THINK Education, as 
well as Chairman of Seek’s China 
subsidiary, Zhaopin Limited. His 
previous executive roles include 
Director of Strategy for Yahoo! 
in Australia and Southeast Asia. 
Peter holds a Master of Business 
Administration from IESE, a 
Bachelor of Economics from 
The University of Sydney, and 
is a graduate member of the 
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors.

Member of the Audit and  
Risk Committee

Member of the Audit and  
Risk Committee 

Annabelle brings broad-ranging 
experience in financial services, 
industrial and infrastructure 
services. Previously, Annabelle 
was a director of Downer EDI 
Ltd, Credible Labs Inc and EFIC 
(Australia’s export credit agency). 
Annabelle holds an MBA 
(University of Melbourne), a 
BA majoring in Economics and 
Mandarin (Griffith University), 
a diploma from the Securities 
Institute of Australia and is a 
Fellow of the Australian Institute 
of Company Directors. In 2016, 
Griffith University conferred on 
her an honorary doctorate for 
her service to banking, finance 
and the community.

Gary has deep retail sector 
experience with extensive careers 
at Woolworths, Coles, and ALDI. 
He has executive experience with 
private equity, and, most recently, 
held the Chief Operations role 
at Sigma Healthcare. Gary was 
formerly Chair of NostraData (a 
market- leading pharmacy data 
provider) and a former director of 
National Pharmaceutical Services 
Australia and Members Benefits 
Australia. He holds a Graduate 
Certificate of Management from 
Adelaide University, Master of 
Enterprise from Melbourne 
University and is a graduate of the 
Advanced Management Program 
from Harvard Business School in 
Boston. Gary is a recipient of the 
Joe Berry Memorial Award.

Non-Executive Director of iCar 
Asia Limited and Member of the 
WWF-Australia, Australia’s largest 
conservation organisation.

Chair of Canstar Pty Ltd and MFF 
Capital Investments Limited, 
Director of Seven Group Holdings 
Ltd and Member of the Australian 
Ballet board of directors.

Member of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors. 

Leisure Passion

Bush walking and skiing

Fishing, camping, hiking, cycling, 
running and cars

Enjoying time with family, walking 
and gardening

Golf

Hiking, travel and reading 

(1) Diana Eilert retired from the Board on 31 January, 2021. A search is underway to identify a new non-executive director.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21Golf, AFL and walkingOcean swimming26

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

27

EXECUTIVE 
LEADERSHIP 
TEAM

PAUL BRADSHAW | Managing Director – BCF

Paul joined Super Retail Group in December 2019 as Managing Director for BCF and brings 
deep retail expertise from more than 30 years in executive and management leadership roles at 
successful retailers in both Australia and internationally. After working in various managerial roles 
at Safeway in the United Kingdom, Paul joined ASDA Stores working in regional and headquarters 
planning and strategy positions. Paul worked for nearly a decade with the Coles Group, holding a 
number of leadership positions including Group General Manager, Store Development and Chief 
Store Operations Officer where he was responsible for creating and driving the operations strategy.

JANE KELLY | Chief Human Resources Officer

Jane joined Super Retail Group in July 2016 as Chief Human Resources Officer and is responsible 
for the company’s workforce strategy, leadership and capability development, employee relations 
and corporate affairs. Through the Group people strategy, she delivers sustainable business 
outcomes, with a focus on quality stakeholder engagement. Jane holds a Master of Commerce 
and Employee Relations with Honours from the University of Melbourne and a Bachelor of 
Commerce from the University of New South Wales. She was previously the Human Resources 
and Corporate Affairs Director at BT Financial Group and also held senior roles as Head of Reward 
for St. George Bank and Head of Human Resources - Australian Financial Services at Westpac.

ALEX BRANDON | Chief Executive Officer – Macpac

Alex was appointed as Macpac’s Chief Executive Officer in July 2012 and continues to serve in 
this role after Super Retail Group acquired the outdoor adventure specialist retailer in April 2018. 
Originally from England, Alex holds a Bachelor of Economics and Marketing degree from the 
London Guildhall University. Alex has more than 25 years’ of retailing experience across the US, 
Australia and New Zealand with companies including Bath and Body Works, Express, Surf Dive ‘n’ 
Ski, Rip Curl and Just Kids. He is based in Christchurch, New Zealand.

KATIE McNAMARA | Chief Strategy and Customer Officer

Katie joined Super Retail Group in April 2019 as Chief Strategy and Customer Officer, where she has 
responsibility for corporate strategy integration and execution, analytics, marketing and customer 
strategy. Katie holds a Bachelor of Pharmacy degree and a Master of Business Administration from 
Melbourne Business School and Cornell University. She has completed executive programs in Digital 
Marketing at INSEAD and both Digital Transformation and Marketing at Harvard Business School. 
Katie brings more than 20 years’ experience in top-tier consulting, retail and FMCG businesses. She 
was previously Vice President Asia-Pacific for IBM, leading Digital Strategy and iX.

DAVID BURNS | Chief Financial Officer

David joined Super Retail Group in December 2012 in the role of Chief Financial Officer. David 
has overall responsibility for the finance, investor relations, and property and store improvement 
portfolios. David holds a degree in Economics from the University of Sydney and is a FCPA. He has 
more than 30 years of finance experience in a number of industry sectors, and previously held 
senior management positions at Qantas, Spotless and Lend Lease.

BENJAMIN WARD | Managing Director – Supercheap Auto

Benjamin joined Super Retail Group in July 2019 as Managing Director – Supercheap Auto. 
Benjamin holds a Bachelor of Business (Marketing) from the University of Newcastle and 
is an experienced retail executive with almost 25 years in senior management roles across 
Australia, UK, US and Europe, including two decades with international supermarket giant ALDI. 
Previously, he was Managing Director, Global Business Coordination for ALDI Supermarkets 
based in Germany. Benjamin also held various senior leadership roles at ALDI in Operations, 
Merchandising, Transformation and Change Management.

REBECCA FARRELL | Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary

Rebecca joined Super Retail Group in February 2020 as Chief Legal Officer and Company Secretary, 
and is responsible for leading our legal, risk, health and safety, compliance, sustainability, 
sustainability and group secretariat functions. She has extensive executive experience in legal 
and corporate governance, gained through roles in top tier law firms and blue chip corporates 
throughout the US, Europe, Asia and Australia including IAG, Amcor and Westpac. Rebecca holds a 
Bachelor of Laws (first class honours) from Monash University and a Bachelor of Arts.

DARREN WEDDING | Chief Supply Chain Officer

Darren joined Super Retail Group in January 2019 as Chief Supply Chain Officer. Darren has more 
than 30 years’ experience in supply chain and logistics, including nine years based in Asia, working 
in a broad array of industries including military, steel manufacturing, FMCG, retail and third party 
logistics. Darren holds a Bachelor of Business Degree, Graduate Diploma of Business and a  
Master of Business Administration from the University of Southern Queensland. Prior to joining 
Super Retail Group, Darren worked in a regional operations role for Zuellig Pharma serving their 
Asian operations.

PAUL HAYES | Chief Information Officer1

Since joining Super Retail Group in December 2015 as Chief Information Officer, Paul has focused 
on the digital transformation of the Group’s technology capability. He has implemented innovative 
and cost-effective technologies that drive real business value and support the Group’s continued 
growth to be a leading omni-retailer. Paul has an extensive retailing background that include Head of 
Information Systems Delivery at UK retailer John Lewis, IBM managing consultant positions leading 
projects for premier retailers including Tesco, Argos and Woolworths and a variety of other roles 
including Head of Merchandising at British Home Stores. 

(1) Mandy Ross will commence in the Chief Information and Digital Officer role on 25 October 2021, following Paul Hayes’ decision to retire.

GARY WILLIAMS | Managing Director – rebel

Gary joined Super Retail Group in April 2019 as Managing Director – rebel. Gary has more than 
30 years of global retail, brand and property experience, including senior executive roles in 
Australia - where he has served for the past 20 years – the US, UK, Asia Pacific and South Africa. 
Previously Gary was the Chief Operating Officer for the Alceon Retail Group and has also held 
executive, board and senior retail leadership roles with brands including David Jones/Country 
Road Group, Myer, OK Bazaars, Puma, Reebok, Coca-Cola, Westfield and Topshop.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY2128

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

29

OUR 
TEAM

With more than 14,000 team members across Australia, 
New  Zealand  and  China,  an  engaged,  passionate  and 
capable team is critical to inspiring our customers to live 
their passion. 

In  FY21,  we  shifted  from  an  annual  engagement  survey 
to  a  continuous  listening,  pulse  survey  that  measures 
engagement  three  times  a  year  and  focuses  on  micro-
actions.  This  shorter,  sharper  cycle  enables  our  people 
leaders  to  listen  more,  to  learn  more  and  to  act  with 
greater  speed.  Our  first  pulse  had  a  participation  rate 
of  71  per  cent  with  10,014  responses,  and  the  Group’s 
engagement  score  was  82,  which  is  5  points  above  the 
Achievers  (a  global  expert  in  employee  recognition  and 
engagement) industry benchmark. 

We  continue  to  invest  in  two  key,  digital  engagement 
platforms – SOULmoments (recognition) and Workplace 
(communication). Each month, our team averages 14,351 
recognitions and 89 per cent are active on Workplace. 

CONSISTENT INVESTMENT IN LEARNING  
AND DEVELOPMENT 

We  are  focused  on  providing  consistent  learning  and 
development  opportunities  to  attract,  grow  and  retain 
the talent needed to execute our strategy and deliver our 
customer promise. 

Our  SOULlibrary  platform  underpins  a  suite  of  learning 
tools,  available  to  all  team  members,  based  on  a 
continuous  learning  philosophy.  Team  members  can 

82% 

TEAM MEMBER 
ENGAGEMENT 

39% 

WOMEN IN SENIOR 
LEADERSHIP 

improve their skills and knowledge when, where and how 
it suits them. More than 18,000 hours of learning were 
undertaken via this platform in FY21. 

Our  ‘experts’  program  for  Supercheap  Auto,  rebel,  BCF 
and  Macpac  retail  team  members  equip  our  team  with 
the  product  and  technical  expertise  required  to  meet 
the  needs  of  our  customers.  In  FY21,  there  were  22 
campaigns  rolled  out  to  11,525  retail  team  members 
delivering more than 40,000 hours of learning. 

development 

learning  programs 
experience 

is  another 
Access  to  accredited 
to 
important 
In  the  financial  year, 
our  retail  team  members. 
there  were  119  Australian 
team  members  who 
completed  their  Certificate  III  in  Retail  Operations  or  
Certificate IV in Retail Management and five New Zealand 
team  members  who  gained  their  Level  Four  Retail 
Management qualification. 

offered 

FOCUSED ON A SAFE WORK ENVIRONMENT 

We care about the physical and psychological health and 
safety  of  our  team  members,  customers,  contractors, 
business partners and visitors including our heavy vehicle 
operations.

This year’s focus has been on mental health, COVID-19, 
identifying and assessing key risks, line accountability and 
implementing  initiatives  to  reduce  risks  involved  with 
mobile plant and manual handling. 

We  achieved  a  Total  Recordable 
Injury  Frequency 
Rate  (TRIFR)  of  9.43  in  FY21,  a  24  per  cent  reduction 

on  the  previous  year.  We  also  recorded  a  Lost  Time 
Injury  Frequency  Rate  (LTIFR)  of  4.51,  a  22  per  cent 
improvement on the previous year. These results include 
both team members and labour hire. 

Our  response  to  the  COVID-19  crisis  remains  a  closely 
monitored  risk.  An  SRG  COVID-19  Operations  Guide, 
containing 
information  about  government  controls, 
risk  assessment,  enhanced  cleaning  methods,  mental 
wellbeing,  remote  working, 
incident  response  and 
government travel restrictions, has been a critical control 
through the period.

In  response  to  the  growing  awareness  about  mental 
wellbeing, our ‘I Am Here’ program encourages the team 
to  look  out  for  themselves  and  others  and  to  create  a 
supportive  work  environment  for  every  team  member, 
every  day.  More  than  1,800  team  members  have  been 
actively involved in the initiative.

To further lift our safety maturity the Health and Safety 
Governance Framework and Health and Safety Standards 
were implemented. To meet our Chain of Responsibility 
(CoR) obligations, more than 11,000 team members were 
engaged in online training. 

DIMENSIONS – MODERN AND  
FLEXIBLE ROSTERING

A  significant  investment  in  the  financial  year  has  been 
our  new  rostering,  time,  and  attendance  system.  This 
system (Dimensions) makes it easier for store managers 
to  change,  build  and  publish  rosters  and  gives  team 
members  more  control  to  manage  their  availability  
and shifts.

To  help  prepare  for  full  deployment  in  FY22,  49  stores 
were  engaged  as  pilot  stores  in  FY21,  allowing  for 
improvements  to  be  made  prior  to 
implementing 
this  change  across  our  network.  To  support  retail 
management,  comprehensive  leadership  and  system 
training  was  delivered  with  more  than  3,700  hours  of 
training completed to support managers in all aspects of 
rostering their team. 

COMMITTED TO DIVERSITY AND FLEXIBILITY

Our  commitment  to  providing  an  environment  that 
includes people with diverse values, backgrounds, skills, 
experience and needs is a critical component to reflecting 
the communities in which we operate. 

Our goal remains to achieve gender equality in our Board, 
executive and senior leadership teams by 2025.

In  the  financial  year,  we  initiated  a  Group  Diversity  and 
Inclusion Committee and launched a Gender Affirmation 
policy and plan. We continue to celebrate various diversity 
events 
International 
including  Wear 
Women’s Day and NAIDOC week. 

it  Purple  Day, 

(WGEA)  Employer  of  Choice 
(EOCGE)  Citation. 

We  proudly  hold  the  Workplace  Gender  Equality 
for  Gender 
Agency 
In  September  2021,  
Equality 
we  will  be  renewing  our  application  for  citation. 
Female 
at  
29 per cent, 27 per cent at the executive leadership level  
and  39  per  cent  for  women  in  senior  leadership.  Our 
2021 Workplace Gender Equality Agency (WGEA) report 
is available via the Group’s website.

representation 

our  Board 

on 

is 

9.43

TRIFR - 138 INCIDENTS 
PER MILLION HOURS 
WORKED 
down 24% YOY

14,351 

AVG TEAM MEMBER  
RECOGNITIONS  
PER MONTH

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY2130

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

31
31 

Directors’ Report 
Remuneration Report 
Financial Report

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   
2 6   J U N E   2 0 2 1

Super Retail Group Limited 
ABN: 81 108 676 204 
ASX Code: SUL

DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

The Directors present their report together with the consolidated financial statements of the Group comprising Super Retail Group Limited 
(SUL) (the Company) and its subsidiaries for the period ended 26 June 2021. 

1. 
The Directors of the Company at any time during or since the end of the period, up to the date of this report are: 

Directors 

Directors: 
S A Pitkin AO 
(Independent Non-Executive Chair)  
A M Heraghty 
(Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer) 
R A Rowe 
(Non-Executive Director) 
H L Mowlem 
(Independent Non-Executive)  
P D Everingham 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
S A Chaplain AM 
(Independent Non-Executive) 
G T Dunne 
(Independent Non-Executive) 

Former: 
D J Eilert 
(Independent Non-Executive) (retired 31 January 2021) 

Details of the qualifications, experience and responsibilities of the Directors can be found in the Group’s annual report on pages 24 and 25. 

Special Responsibilities of Directors: 

Director 

Audit & Risk Committee 

Nomination Committee 

S A Pitkin AO 

A M Heraghty 

R A Rowe 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

S A Chaplain AM 

G T Dunne 

D J  Eilert 

- 

- 

- 

Chair 

Member 

Member 

Member 

- 

Chair 

- 

Member 

- 

Member 

- 

- 

- 

(1) Appointed as Chair on 28 October 2020. 
(2) Ceased as Chair on 28 October 2020. 
(3) Ceased as a member on 31 January 2021. 

1.1 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board 

Human Resources & 
Remuneration Committee 

Member (Ex-Officio) 

- 

- 

Member 

Chair(1) 

- 

- 

Member(2)(3) 

Current Directors: 

Director 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

S A Pitkin AO 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Chair  

The Star Entertainment 
Group Limited 
Link Administration Holdings 
Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

A M Heraghty 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer 

Current, appointed 01 July 2010 
Appointed as Chair 23 October 2017 
Current, appointed 31 July 2014 

Current, appointed 23 September 
2015 

Current, appointed 20 February 2019 

R A Rowe 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 08 April 2004 

H L Mowlem 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 13 June 2017 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
32
32 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

33
33 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1. 

1.1 

Directors (continued) 

Directorships of listed companies held by members of the Board (continued) 

Current Directors: 

Director 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

P D Everingham 

Super Retail Group Limited 
iCar Asia Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 19 December 2017 
Current, appointed 1 July 2017 

S A Chaplain AM 

Super Retail Group Limited 
MFF Capital Investments 
Limited 
Seven Group Holdings 
Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 31 March 2020 
Current, appointed 21 May 2019 
(Chair from 1 August 2019) 
Current, appointed 24 November 2015 

G T Dunne 

Super Retail Group Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current, appointed 31 March 2020 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

1. 

1.3 

Directors (continued) 

Directors’ Interests 

The relevant interest of each Director in shares and options over such instruments issued by the companies within the Group and other 
related bodies corporate, as notified by the Directors to the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) in accordance with section 205G(1) of the 
Corporations Act 2001, at the date of this report is as follows: 

Director 
S A Pitkin AO 

A M Heraghty 

R A Rowe 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

S A Chaplain AM 

G T Dunne 

Number of Ordinary Shares 
59,605 

66,238 

68,517,723 

34,286 

40,000 

5,000 

8 

2. 

Company Secretary 

Number of Restricted Shares 

Options over Ordinary Shares 

- 

22,084 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Former Director: 

Director 

D J  Eilert 

Elders Limited 
Domain Holdings Australia 
Limited 

Former directorships: 
Super Retail Group Limited 

Listed Company 

Directorship 

Key Dates 

Independent Non-Executive Director 
Independent Non-Executive Director 

Current appointed 14 November 2017 
Current appointed 16 November 2017 

The Company Secretary (and Chief Legal Officer) is Ms Rebecca Farrell, B.A. LLB (Hons) (MU).  Ms Farrell was appointed and commenced with 
Super Retail Group Limited on 10 February 2020.  Details of Ms Farrell’s experience can be found in the Group’s annual report on page 26.  
Ms Kelly Head, LLB (Hons) was appointed as additional Company Secretary on 31 May 2021.  Ms Head is an experienced Corporate lawyer 
with 17 years post qualification experience, including at King & Wood Mallesons, an international bank and Commonwealth Bank of Australia. 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Navitas Limited 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Former, appointed 21 October 2015 
and resigned 31 January 2021 
Former, appointed 28 July 2014 and 
delisted 5 July 2019 

3. 

3.1 

Operating and Financial Review 

Overview of the Group 

1.2 

Directors’ Meetings 

All Directors may attend Board Committee meetings even if they are not a member of the relevant Committee.  The number of meetings of 
the Company’s Board of Directors and each Board Committee held during the period ended 26 June 2021 is set out below: 

Board Meetings 

Audit and Risk 

Human Resources 
and Remuneration 

Nomination 

Board Sub-
Committee 

Meetings of Committees 

Total number of 
meetings held 

S A Pitkin AO 

A M Heraghty 

R A Rowe 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

S A Chaplain AM 

G T Dunne 

D J Eilert(2) 

12 

4 

4 

1 

Attended 

Eligible(1) 

Attended 

Eligible(1) 

Attended 

Eligible(1) 

Attended 

Eligible(1) 

Attended 

2 

Eligible(1
) 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

8 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

12 

8 

4 

4 

4 

4 

3 

3 

4 

2 

- 

- 

- 

4 

4 

4 

4 

- 

4 

4 

4 

4 

4 

2 

4 

3 

4 

- 

- 

4 

4 

- 

- 

3 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

- 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

1 

- 

- 

- 

2 

2 

- 

2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2 

2 

- 

2 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1) Number of meetings the Director was eligible to attend during the time the Director held office in the year. 
(2) Ceased as a Director on 31 January 2021. 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry.  Founded in 1972, as an automotive accessories mail order 
business which evolved into Supercheap Auto, the Group has grown through both organic growth and mergers and acquisitions evolving its 
principal activities to include: 

  Supercheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
  rebel: retailing of sporting equipment and apparel; 
  BCF: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
  Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

For further details on strategy refer to pages 12 to 13 of the Group’s annual report. 

3.2 

Review of Financial Condition 

A  number  of  factors  are  influencing  the  financial  results  of  the  Group  which  will  need  to  be  considered  when  reviewing  the  financial 
performance of the business.  The key factors to be considered are: 

 
 

COVID-19 and online growth 
Strength of the balance sheet 

(a) 

Group Results – Post AASB16 Leases 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Statutory profit for the period after tax 
Segment earnings before interest and taxes (EBIT) 
Segment earnings before taxes (PBT) 
Normalised net profit after tax (NPAT) 
Operating cash flow 
Earnings per share (EPS) – basic (cents) 
Dividends per share (cents) 

2021 
$m 
3,453.1 
301.0 
476.8 
435.8 
306.8 
600.0 
133.4 
88.0 

2020 
$m 
2,825.2 
110.2 
265.0 
209.9 
148.2 
610.7 
55.8 
19.5 

The Group delivered a record full year result driven by sales, higher gross margin and disciplined cost management.  The Group achieved 
total sales growth of 22.2 per cent which included significant like-for-like sales growth across all divisions.  The 22.2 per cent sales growth for 
the Group translated into a 45.6 per cent increase in Segment EBITDA, a 79.9 per cent increase in Segment EBIT and a 107.0 per cent increase 
in normalised net profit after tax.   

Profit for the period was $301.0 million compared to $110.2 million in the prior period representing an increase of 173.1 per cent.  The table 
below provides the reconciliation to the statutory profit. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
34
34 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

35
35 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(a) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Group Results – Post AASB16 Leases (continued) 

Impacts of COVID-19 and Online Growth 

COVID-19 has had a significant impact on the Group during the year as customer spending increased.  While total sales grew by 22.2%, online 
sales grew by 43.3% and represented 12.0% of total sales as customers moved increasingly online.  Click & Collect represented 46.2% of 
Group online sales.  The importance of the Group’s investment in its digital capability was underscored by the impact of intermittent COVID-
19 lockdowns on store trading and foot traffic.  The Group’s omni-retail capability enabled it to pivot to online channels to meet consumer 
demand through both click & collect and home delivery.  COVID-19 restrictions varied by geography throughout the year. 

Strength of the Balance Sheet 

On 15  June  2020,  the  Group announced  an  underwritten one  for  seven  accelerated  pro  rata non-renounceable  entitlement  offer which 
generated net cash proceeds of $198.4 million.  This allowed the Group to invest in inventory to support the elevated sales demand and 
protect against supply chain delays.  The June 2021 inventory balance is 38.6% higher than the prior period. 

Statutory profit for the period after tax 
Wages underpayment and remediation costs(1) 
Losses from associates accounted for using the equity method 
Reversals of provisions previously excluded from normalised NPAT(1) 
Accelerated asset amortisation(1) 
Business restructuring costs(1) 
Break costs on interest rate swaps(1) 
Loss on divestment of investments/Closure of non-core businesses(1) 
Total of items not included in total segment NPAT 
Normalised net profit after tax 

(1) Net of tax 

2021 
$m 
301.0 
6.2 
0.2 
(0.6) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
5.8 
306.8 

2020 
$m 
110.2 
17.1 
0.6 
(1.0) 
9.6 
5.5 
4.2 
2.0 
38.0 
148.2 

Adjustments relating to normalised net profit for the current year remain consistent with prior years with the main adjustment relating to 
costs in relation to executing the wage underpayment remediation programme. 

(b) 

Division Results – Post AASB16 Leases 

Sales 

2021 
$m 
1,308.8 
1,197.0 
797.7 
153.4 
(3.8) 
3,453.1 

2020 
$m 
1,119.7 
1,038.6 
535.0 
131.9 
- 
2,825.2 

Segment EBIT 
2021 
$m 
204.2 
180.0 
105.2 
18.1 
(30.7) 
476.8 

2020 
$m 
141.6 
110.6 
23.4 
7.7 
(18.3) 
265.0 

Segment PBT 
2021 
$m 
192.3 
166.7 
96.4 
16.9 
(36.5) 
435.8 

2020 
$m 
129.2 
96.0 
15.0 
5.8 
(36.1) 
209.9 

Supercheap Auto 
rebel 
BCF 
Macpac 
Unallocated/intersegment 

Supercheap Auto 

Sales increased by 16.9 per cent to $1,308.8 million.  Like-for-like sales growth of 16.4 per cent reflected both transaction growth and higher 
average transaction value driven by increase units per transaction and average unit value. 

Segment PBT increased by 48.8 per cent to $192.3 million and PBT margin of 14.7 per cent was 3.2 per cent higher than the prior comparative 
period.  Gross margin expansion was driven by lower promotional sales, reduced promotional and clearance depth and a favourable net 
recovery of supply cost inflation. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Division Results – Post AASB16 Leases (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(b) 

rebel 

Sales increased by 15.3 per cent to $1,197.0 million with like-for-like sales growth of 17.5 per cent. Like-for-like growth reflected increased 
transaction and higher average transaction value, due to increased items per transaction and higher average item value. 

Segment PBT increased by 73.6 per cent to $166.7 million and PBT margin of 13.9 per cent was 4.7 per cent higher than the prior comparative 
period.  Gross margins increased due to lower promotional activity, sales mix changes to higher margin products and favourable net recovery 
of supply cost inflation. 

Online sales increased by 36.3 per cent to $192.6 million reflecting the strong channel shift during COVID-19.  Online sales represented 16 
per cent of total rebel sales and Click & Collect accounted for approximately 32 per cent of these online sales. 

Rebel  active  club  membership  increased  by  approximately  13  per  cent  during  the  financial  year  to  3.2  million  members.    Sales  to  club 
members increased  to 68  per  cent  of  rebel sales.   Average club member net  promotor score  (NPS)  increased to  59 from 55  in the  prior 
comparative period.  

During the 2021 financial year, rebel opened one store and closed eight stores.  As at the end of the financial year, rebel had 153 stores. 

BCF  

Sales increased by 49.1 per cent to $797.7 million.  Like-for-like sales grew 48.0 per cent driven by both increased transactions and higher 
average transaction value.  

Segment PBT increased by 542.6 per cent to $96.4 million and PBT margin of 12.1 per cent was 9.3 per cent higher than the prior comparative 
period.  Gross Margins increased due to lower promotional sales, reduced promotional and clearance depth and a favourable net recovery 
of supply cost inflation. 

The BCF club loyalty program experienced strong growth with active memberships increasing by approximately 29 per cent to 2.0 million.  
Sales to club members increased to 84 per cent of total BCF sales.  Average club member net promotor score (NPS) decreased to 63 from 64 
in the prior comparative period.    

Online sales grew by 90.2 per cent to $86.1 million reflecting a shift to the online channel due to COVID-19.  Online sales represented 11 per 
cent of total BCF sales and Click & Collect accounted for approximately 60 per cent of these online sales. 

BCF opened three stores during the financial year.  As at the end of the financial year, BCF had 142 stores. 

Macpac 

Sales increased by 16.3 per cent to $153.4 million with like-for-like sales growth of 14.2 per cent.  

Segment PBT increased by 191.4 per cent to $16.9 million and PBT margin of 11.0 per cent was 6.6 per cent higher than the prior comparative 
period.    Gross  margins  recovered  to  2019  levels  due  to  increased  average  selling  prices,  improvements  in  product  sourcing  costs  and 
favourable foreign exchange. 

Online sales increased by 38.1 per cent to $30.2 million.  Online sales represented 21 per cent of total Macpac sales and Click & Collect 
accounted for less than ten per cent of online sales. 

Macpac  active  club  membership  increased  by  approximately  6  per  cent  during  the  financial  year  to  0.5  million  members.    Sales  to  club 
members increased to 66 per cent of Macpac sales.  Average club member net promotor score (NPS) increased to 68 from 67 in the prior 
comparative period.  

During the 2021 financial year, Macpac opened four stores.  As at the end of the financial year, Macpac had 76 stores. 

Online sales increased by 30.6 per cent to $106.8 million.  Online sales represented eight per cent of Supercheap Auto’s total sales and Click 
& Collect accounted for over 70 per cent of these online sales. 

Group Costs 

Supercheap Auto active Club Plus membership increased by approximately 37 per cent during the financial year to 2.3 million members.  
Sales to club members increased to 46 per cent of total sales.  Average club member net promotor score (NPS) increased to 64 from 63 in 
the prior comparative period.  

During the 2021 financial year, the business opened two new stores and closed one store.  As at the end of the financial year, the business 
had a total of 283 stores in Australia and 44 stores in New Zealand. 

Group costs for the period were $36.5 million (PBT), which was $0.4 million higher than the prior comparative period.  A favourable reduction 
in interest expense of $12.0 million due to lower debt was offset by increased corporate costs.  Corporate costs were $7.0 million higher than 
the  prior  comparative  period  reflecting  performance  rights  expenses  for  both  Group  and  brand  participating  management,  increased 
investment in corporate areas such as legal, risk & compliance, higher insurance costs and increased professional fees. 

The  Group  recognised  an  additional  $5.4  million  of  costs  in  the  period  due  to  updated  guidance  from  the  International  Reporting 
Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) regarding the treatment of Software as a Service (Saas) costs. Approximately $4.0m of the additional costs 
related to prior periods. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
36
36 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

37
37 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(c) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Financial Position and Cash Flow 

BALANCE SHEET 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Trade and other payables 
Current tax assets / (liabilities) 
Total working capital 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Net debt 

Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Intangible assets 
Other financial assets 
Derivatives 
Provisions 
Deferred taxes 

NET ASSETS 

CASH FLOW 
Net cash inflow from operations 
Net cash (outflow) from investing 
Net cash (outflow) from financing 
Net increase / (decrease) in cash 

Cash at the beginning of the period 
Effects of exchange rates on cash 
Cash at the end of the period 

2021 
$m 

38.4 
696.4 
(563.4) 
(69.5) 
101.9 

242.3 
- 
(989.6) 
(747.3) 

219.9 
894.3 
866.9 
6.1 
3.6 
(123.6) 
4.7 

1,226.5 

600.0 
(84.5) 
(558.2) 
(42.7) 

285.1 
(0.1) 
242.3 

2020 
$m 

26.3 
502.4 
(442.3) 
(17.1) 
69.3 

285.1 
(247.8) 
(939.3) 
(902.0) 

227.8 
848.0 
874.3 
6.3 
(1.9) 
(135.4) 
4.9 

991.3 

610.7 
(67.9) 
(264.8) 
278.0 

7.5 
(0.4) 
285.1 

Working capital investment increased by $32.6 million due to the significant increase in inventory of $194.0 million.  The increased investment 
in inventory is to support the elevated sales demand and protect against supply chain delays.    Trade and other payables increased by $121.1 
reflecting the increased inventory payable position.  The tax liability has increased by $52.4 million reflecting the amount payable on the 
higher profit for the year.   

Excluding lease liabilities, the Group was in a net cash position of $242.3 million compared to $37.3 million in the prior year.  This position 
reflects profitable trading.   

Net cash inflow from operations has decreased by $10.7 million due to payment terms normalising.  Tax payments increased by $34.7 million.  
The increase in the net cash outflow from financing activities reflects the repayment of borrowings and increased dividend payments of $62.3 
million. 

Capital  expenditure  increased  by  $16.6  million  as  the  liquidity  measures  relating  to  capital  expenditure  investments  levels  returned  to 
normal.   

(d) 

Dividends 

An interim dividend of 33.0 cents was paid.  The Directors have resolved to pay a 55.0 cents per share fully franked final dividend for the 
financial year.  The amount of the final dividend represents a dividend payout ratio of 65 per cent of the full year underlying NPAT totalling 
a cash payment of $124.2 million. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3.  

3.2 

(e) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Segment results prior to AASB 16 Leases 

The segment results below show results by division excluding the impact of AASB16 Leases.  The segment results on a post AASB16 Leases 
basis are in Financial Statements - Note 4 Segment Information.  Every division improved EBIT margin during the period. 

For the period ended 26 June 2021 

SCA 
$m 

rebel 
$m 

BCF 
$m 

Macpac 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other income 
Segment EBITDA 

1,308.8 
- 
- 
1,308.8 
241.3 

(48.6) 
192.7 

Segment depreciation and amortisation 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT  
Segment income tax expense 
Normalised NPAT 
AASB16 Leases adjustment 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Profit for the period  

1,197.0 
- 
0.1 
1,197.1 
206.1 

(38.1) 
168.0 

797.7 
- 
- 
797.7 
116.8 

(20.9) 
95.9 

149.6 
3.8 
0.2 
153.6 
21.4 

(4.0) 
17.4 

3,453.1 
3.8 
0.3 
3,457.2 
585.6 

(111.6) 
474.0 

- 
(3.8) 
0.1 
(3.7) 
(28.2) 

(2.5) 
(30.7) 

3,453.1 
- 
0.4 
3,453.5 
557.4 

(114.1) 
443.3 
(5.8) 
437.5 
(129.5) 
308.0 
(1.2) 
(5.8) 

301.0 

301.0 

For the period ended 27 June 2020 

SCA 
$m 

rebel 
$m 

BCF 
$m 

Macpac 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-
segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

1,038.6 
0.1 
1,038.7 
126.6 

(30.0) 
96.6 

535.0 
0.1 
535.1 
34.9 

(19.2) 
15.7 

131.9 
- 
131.9 
10.1 

(2.9) 
7.2 

2,825.2 
0.2 
2,825.4 
346.3 

(91.9) 
254.4 

- 
- 
- 
(18.2) 

(0.1) 
(18.3) 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other income 
Segment EBITDA 

1,119.7 
- 
1,119.7 
174.7 

(39.8) 
134.9 

Segment depreciation and amortisation 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT  
Segment income tax expense 
Normalised NPAT 
AASB16 Leases adjustment 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Profit for the period  

2,825.2 
0.2 
2,825.4 
328.1 

(92.0) 
236.1 
(17.8) 
218.3 
(64.2) 
154.1 
(5.9) 
(38.0) 

110.2 

110.2 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
38
38 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

39
39 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(f) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Material Business Risks 

The Group is committed to maintaining effective risk management systems to address both financial and non-financial risks.  Super Retail 
Group continues to evolve its approach to risk management to meet the demands of the operating environment, and the expectations of 
our stakeholders.  As we manage the issues arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, we are watchful of the uncertainties ahead.  We view the 
pandemic  as  a  driver  of  several  material  risks,  including  the  health  and  safety  of  our  people  and  our  customers,  supply  chain  risks  and 
economic disruption. 

The business risks faced by the Group that may have a material effect on its financial prospects are listed below, including an overview of the 
Group’s mitigating actions:  

Risks  
Strategy 

Strategy execution 
Critical shortfall in capability and/or capacity to transition to a new 
retail business model. 

Competition & new entrants 
Large scale shift in competitive landscape. 

Climate change transition 
Transition to a low carbon economy. 

People 

Health & Safety 
Exposure to hazards at a level that causes harm (arising from SRG 
operations). 

Employment law compliance 
Serious or systemic breach of employment law.   

Conduct 
Inappropriate, unethical or unlawful conduct by Officers or Team 
Members. 

Financial 

Economic disruption 
Unexpected changes in macro-economic conditions. 
Information and technology 

Cyber security 
Unauthorised access to SRG systems. 

Operational 

Responsible sourcing 
SRG causes or contributes to unethical or dangerous working 
conditions in its supply chain, including modern slavery. 

Demand volatility 
Demand volatility exceeds SRG’s adaptive capacity. 

Mitigating Actions (including but not limited to) 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 

Investing in portfolio management capability, and program 
governance. 
Investing in talent attraction and retention programs that 
support our team. 

Growing our active club loyalty membership base and 
retaining our loyal customers through structured customer 
relationship management. 
Growing our four core brands with an improved customer 
experience instore and online. 

Continuing to deliver on our 2030 Sustainability Strategy 
which includes emissions reduction goals, recycling and waste 
reduction programs, as well as support for environmental 
protection and restoration programs. This Strategy was put in 
place a number of years ago and is expected to be refreshed 
in FY22. 

Focusing on hazard elimination and risk reduction, supported 
by a robust health and safety management system.  

Strengthening the use of information technology. 
Establishing an Industrial Relations Framework including a 
wage review schedule, supported by training on correct 
rostering practices.  

  Maintaining a strong culture that engenders doing the right 
thing, guided by our Group values and Code of Conduct.  
Providing mechanisms for reporting wrongdoing and prompt 
action on misconduct, including a Whistleblower Policy, 
dedicated reporting line and Anti-Corrupt Practices Policy. 

 

  Maintaining a strong financial position backed by a well-

executed omni-retail strategy and effective operating model.   

  Maintaining an in-depth approach to security defence, 

supported by training and awareness. 

 

Actively monitoring cyber threats. 

  Maintaining a Responsible Sourcing Program which includes 
monitoring, verification, and remediation processes.  

 

 
 

Reporting our actions in our annual Modern Slavery 
Statement. 

Expanding our offering to cater for domestic recreation.  

Implementing Supply Chain optimisation initiatives, 
maintaining agility and maintaining a large network of stores. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

3. 

3.2 

(f) 

Operating and Financial Review (continued) 

Review of Financial Condition (continued) 

Material Business Risks (continued) 

Risks  
Operational (continued) 

Supply Chain 
Protracted supply chain disruption. 
Product safety 
A product sold by SRG Brands is unsafe and/or non-compliant with 
required standards. 

Climate change adaptation 
Physical impacts of climate change. 

Business disruption 
Trade is severely restricted or disrupted for an extended period. 

Legal & regulatory compliance  
Material breach of law or regulation. 

3.3 

Dividends 

Mitigating Actions (including but not limited to) 

 

Building resilience into our supply chain through diversifying 
transport suppliers. 

  Maintaining a comprehensive product compliance program 

 

 

including training, testing and review.  
Designing and sourcing quality products that minimise the 
likelihood of products being unsafe or non-compliant. 

Having in place emergency response and business continuity 
plans which support business resilience, as well as supply 
chain and business disruption. 

  Maintaining, monitoring and, where required, strengthening 
internal controls designed to reduce the potential impact of 
business disruption including resilience, response and 
recovery controls such as business continuity plans. 

 

Promoting accountability and investing in corporate 
governance, and legal capability. 

Dividends paid or resolved to be paid to members since the end of the previous financial year were: 

Paid during the year: 

2020 final fully franked dividend 
2021 interim fully franked dividend 

Determined after end of year: 

2021 final fully franked dividend 

3.4 

Significant Changes in the State of Affairs 

Cents per share 

Total amount 
$m 

Payment date 

19.5 
33.0 

55.0 

44.0 
74.5 

2 October 2020 
1 April 2021 

124.2 

7 October 2021 

There were no significant changes in the Group’s state of affairs during the period other than that described in section 3.5 below. 

3.5 

Matters Subsequent to the End of the Financial Year 

Since the end of the financial period the Group does not have any matters subsequent to the end of the financial period to be disclosed. 

3.6 

Likely Developments and Future Prospects 

Information on likely developments in the operations of the Group is set out in this report under the section Review of Financial Condition.  
Further information on the expected results of operations has not been included in this report because the Directors believe it would be 
likely to result in unreasonable prejudice to the Group.  This includes information that is commercially sensitive, confidential, or that could 
give a third party a commercial advantage such as our internal budgets and forecasts. 

3.7 

Environmental Regulation 

The Group’s operations are subject to a range of environmental regulations under the law of the Commonwealth of Australia and its states 
and  territories.   The  Group’s  Sustainability  Report  provides  disclosure  around  the  material  sustainability-related  issues  for  the  Group’s 
businesses.  The Group has not incurred any significant liabilities under any environmental legislation during the financial year.   

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40
40 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

41
41 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

9. 

Rounding of amounts 

The Company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued by the 
Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission,  relating  to  the  ‘rounding  off’  of  amounts  in  the  Directors’  Report.    Amounts  in  the 
Directors’ Report have been rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest hundred thousand dollars or in certain cases to 
the nearest dollar. 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

S A Pitkin AO 
Chair 

Brisbane 
18 August 2021

A M Heraghty 
Group Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT (continued) 

4. 

Non-Audit Services 

The Company may decide to employ the auditor on assignments additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s expertise and 
experience with the Company and/or the Group are important. 

The Board of Directors has considered the position and, in accordance with the advice received from the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied 
that  the  provision  of  the  non-audit  services  is  compatible  with  the  general  standard  of  independence  for  auditors  imposed  by  the 
Corporations  Act  2001.    The  Directors  are  satisfied  that  the  provision  of  non-audit  services  by  the  auditor,  as  set  out  below,  did  not 
compromise the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 for the following reasons: 

  all non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee to ensure they do not impact the impartiality and objectivity 

of the auditor; 

  none  of  the  services  undermine  the  general  principles  relating  to  auditor  independence  as  set  out  in  APES  110  Code  of  Ethics  for 
Professional Accountants, including reviewing or auditing the auditor’s own work, acting in a management or a decision-making capacity 
for the Company, acting as advocate for the Company or jointly sharing economic risk and rewards. 

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor PricewaterhouseCoopers and its network firms 
for audit and non-audit services provided during the year: 

Audit Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Remuneration for audit and review services 
     Other assurance 
Total remuneration for audit and review services 

Taxation and Other Services 
PricewaterhouseCoopers Australian firm: 
     Taxation Services 
     Equity raise procedures 
Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia: 
     Taxation Services 
Total remuneration for non-audit services 

5. 

Corporate Governance Statement 

2021 
$ 

879,240 
- 
879,240 

163,537 
- 

47,011 
210,548 

2020 
$ 

855,736 
- 
855,736 

258,577 
45,900 

80,380 
384,857 

The Group’s Corporate Governance Statement sets out the corporate governance framework adopted by the Board of Super Retail Group 
Limited. This statement is available on the Super Retail Group external website: 
http://superretailgroup.com.au 

6. 

Proceedings on behalf of the Company 

No proceedings have been brought or intervened in on behalf of the Company with leave of the Court under section 237 of the Corporations 
Act 2001. 

7. 

Auditors Independence Declaration 

A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on page 42. 

8. 

Remuneration Report (Audited) 

The audited remuneration report is set out on pages 43 to 67. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

43
43

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 
As lead auditor for the audit of Super Retail Group Limited for the year ended 26 June 2021, I declare 
that to the best of my knowledge and belief, there have been:  

(a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

relation to the audit; and 

(b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Super Retail Group Limited and the entities it controlled during the 
period. 

Remuneration Report 
Audited

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   
2 6   J U N E   2 0 2 1

Paddy Carney 
Partner 
PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Brisbane 
18 August 2021 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001 
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

Super Retail Group Limited 
ABN: 81 108 676 204 
ASX Code: SUL

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
  
 
 
  
 
44
44 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

45
45 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

Contents 
Section 1 
Section 2 
Section 3 

Letter from the Chair of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee 
Key Management Personnel 
FY21 Performance and Executive Remuneration Outcomes, including:  
§  Executive Remuneration table calculated in accordance with accounting standards 
§  Remuneration received 
§  Remuneration granted 
FY22 Remuneration Matters 
Executive Interests in Super Retail Group Securities 
Executive Remuneration Framework 

Section 4 
Section 5 
Section 6 
Section 7  Non-Executive Director Remuneration  
Remuneration Governance 
Section 8 

Introduction 

The Directors of Super Retail Group present this Remuneration Report for the 52-week period ended 26 June 2021. The Remuneration 
Report  explains  how  the  Group’s  performance  has  driven  executive  remuneration  outcomes,  and  provides  the  details  of  specific 
remuneration arrangements that apply to Key Management Personnel (KMP) in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth) (Corporations Act) and applicable accounting standards. The report also outlines the Group’s remuneration philosophy and 
governance. 

SECTION 1 
Letter from the Chair of the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee  

The Board made the decision to amend the LTI grant for FY21 on a one-off basis, aligned to the Group’s Medium-Term Business 
Plan (MTBP). At the 2020 AGM, shareholders approved the FY21 grant to the Group MD and CEO.  As such, the LTI grant for FY21 
also includes reward for FY22. There will be no separate LTI grant in FY22. For the FY21 award, the performance period is the two-
year period of the MTBP, being the combined FY21 and FY22 period. Detail of the plan is shown in Section 6.  

There are no changes to the remuneration framework for FY22, noting the absence of the LTI grant. 

Deferral  of  STI  into  equity  was  introduced  in  FY20  and  restricted  shares  were  used  to  deliver  the  deferred  STI  component.  
Restricted shares were used because they are an effective instrument to deliver time-bound equity where performance outcomes 
have been achieved.  

In the context of the market data and continued strong performance, the Board approved Fixed Pay increases for three of the Key 
Management Personnel (KMP).  No adjustments were made to STI or LTI reward targets. The detail is provided in Section 4. 

Given the Group’s continued strong financial performance, the Board is currently reviewing the Group MD and CEO’s remuneration 
level and target remuneration mix for FY22 and beyond, with reference to external market benchmarks based on similar sized ASX-
listed companies and industry peers. The review will take into consideration the performance of both the Group and the Group 
MD and CEO. The remuneration mix will continue to place significant emphasis on performance-based (or ‘at-risk’) remuneration 
and alignment of remuneration opportunity to the Group’s business strategy and shareholder returns.   

Finally, in terms of remuneration for the Group’s Non-Executive Directors, following a review of external market data, the Board 
considers it appropriate to adjust fees for the Chair, Committee Chairs and Non-Executive Director base fees.  Details are provided 
in Section 4. 

On behalf of the Board I’d like to thank and congratulate the entire Super Retail Group team on the strong results they’ve delivered, 
both financial and non-financial, and during a particularly challenging year. 

Dear Shareholders, 

We welcome your feedback on our FY21 Remuneration Report.  

On behalf of the Board, I present the Remuneration Report for the financial year ended 26 June 2021. We have changed the structure 
of  the  Report  this  year  to  enhance  readability.  The  first  portion  of  the  Report  focuses  on  FY21  performance  and  the  link  to 
remuneration outcomes. Detail of the remuneration policies and framework is presented in the second half of the report. Statutory 
tables are incorporated in the relevant sections. 

Our Remuneration Report for FY20 received shareholder support at the 2020 Annual General Meeting, with 82.8 per cent of votes in 
favour of adoption. In presenting the FY21 remuneration outcomes and considering changes for FY22 we have taken into account 
feedback from shareholders. 

The Group’s financial results for FY21 were excellent (see Section 3) delivering record sales and earnings, driven by unprecedented 
consumer demand in the lifestyle and leisure categories. Meeting these elevated volumes of demand in both in-store and online 
channels required sound execution of omni-retail, investment in supply chain and focus on inventory management. In particular, the 
Group’s  omni-retail  strategy  and  digital  capability  provided  the  flexibility  to  pivot  to  online  channels  to  meet  shifts  in  consumer 
behaviour during COVID-19 lockdowns. 

In light of the strong Group financial results, a decision was taken to repay  $1.7  million received in the Australian Government’s 
JobKeeper wage support. 

The strong financial results have led to above target Short-Term Incentive (STI) outcomes, and both measures of the FY19 Long-
Term Incentive (LTI) exceeded the hurdles required for 100 per cent vesting. 

During FY21, the Board established a set of principles to guide the use of discretion regarding the STI to complement the existing 
principles used in relation to the LTI. These principles are published in this Report in Section 6. In assessing the results and considering 
any discretion that might apply, the Board had specific regard to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. After careful consideration, 
the Board decided that no significant adjustments to reward outcomes were warranted and that the level of payments appropriately 
reflected the Group’s performance. 

Yours sincerely,  
Peter Everingham 
Human Resources & Remuneration Committee Chair 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

SECTION 2 
Key Management Personnel 

46
46 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

47
47 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

The names and titles of the Group’s KMP, being those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling 
the activities of the entity, are set out below. 

Name 

Chair 

Position 

Term as KMP 

SECTION 3 
FY21 Performance and Remuneration Outcomes 

RELATIONSHIP OF REMUNERATION TO GROUP PERFORMANCE 

The STI scheme and LTI plan operate to create a clear link between executive remuneration and the Group’s performance, motivating and 
rewarding the Group MD and CEO and Executive KMP. 

The performance of the Group over the past five years is summarised in Table 1.  

S A Pitkin AO 

Chair and Independent Non-Executive Director 

1 July 2010 

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE  

Non-Executive Directors 

R A Rowe 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham   

S A Chaplain AM 

G T Dunne 

Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Independent Non-Executive Director 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

8 April 2004 

13 June 2017 

19 December 2017 

31 March 2020 

31 March 2020 

Group Managing Director and  
Chief Executive Officer (Group MD and CEO) 

KMP since 27 April 2015 
(Group MD and CEO from 20 Feb 
2019) 

Chief Financial Officer 

Managing Director - rebel 

Chief Executive Officer - Macpac 

Managing Director - Supercheap Auto 

P A Bradshaw 

Managing Director - BCF 

3 December 2012 

2 April 2019 

1 May 2019 

1 August 2019 

25 November 2019 

A M Heraghty 

Executives 

D J Burns 

G S Williams 

A Brandon 

B L Ward 

Each year, the Board reviews any significant items, positive and negative, and considers their relevance for reward outcomes. The Board 
may  adjust  for  any  significant  events  and/or  items  to  give  a  clearer  reflection  of  financial  performance  from  one  period  to  the  next.   
Significant events and/or items are considered unusual by their nature and size and/or not in the ordinary course of the business and have 
been  excluded  from  the  definition  of  Normalised  PBT  as  detailed  in  Note  4  in  the  financial  statements.  In  FY21, there were no other 
adjustments impacting remuneration.  The principles used by the Board in exercising discretion for Short-Term Incentives and for equity-
based incentives are outlined in Section 6. 
Table 1: Company performance - key metrics used in reward framework 

Financial performance 

Sales ($m) 

Normalised profit before tax (NPBT) ($m) 

Normalised post tax return on capital (ROC) (%) 

Normalised earnings per share (EPS) (¢) 

Dividends per share (¢) 

Closing June share price ($) 

(1)  pre AASB16 – Leases.  

FY17 

FY18 

FY19 

FY20 

2,465.8 

2,570.4 

2,710.4 

2,825.2 

190.5 

13.0 

68.9 

46.5 

8.20 

201.9 

13.1 

73.7 

49.0 

8.10 

206.8 

13.3 

77.3 

50.0 

8.23 

218.3 

14.5 

78.0 

19.5 

8.14 

FY21 

3,453.1 

437.5(1) 

28.8(1) 

136.5(1) 

88.0 

12.95 

The  Group’s  incentive  awards  are  designed  to  align  Executive  KMP  remuneration  with  business  performance.  This  alignment  is 
demonstrated in Table 2 and shows the variability in the history of incentive plan outcomes for participants.  

Former KMP 

D J Eilert 

Former Independent Non-Executive Director 

21 October 2015 to 31 January 2021 

Table 2:  Key performance metrics compared with variable reward outcomes over time  

NPBT and average STI 

Table 2a 

)

m
$
(
T
B
P
N

500

400

300

200

100

0

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

NPBT ($m)

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

e
m
o
c
t
u
o

I
T
S
e
g
a
r
e
v
A

Table 2a shows the average STI outcomes as a percentage of 
maximum opportunity compared to NPBT, which is the key 
financial metric in the STI scorecard.  

Executive KMP average STI outcome as a percentage of
the Executive STI maximum opportunity

The STI for FY20 was adjusted reflecting a year of floods, bushfires and the outbreak 
of the COVID-19 pandemic 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
48
48 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

49
49 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

Table 2b 

LTI vesting, and LTI metric outcomes over 3-years 

25%

20%

15%

10%

5%

0%

s
e
m
o
c
t
u
o
c
i
r
t
e
M

100%

100%

80%

60%

40%

20%

0%

g
n
i
t
s
e
v

I
T
L

77%

34%

38%

0%

FY17

FY18

FY19

FY20

FY21

3 year average ROC %
3 year compound growth in EPS %
LTI vesting outcomes

STI OUTCOMES FOR FY21 

Short-Term Incentive Scorecard Outcomes for FY21 

Table 2b shows the LTI vesting outcome (or the percentage of 
the LTI grant that qualified for vesting over the vesting period) 
compared to average normalised ROC and normalised EPS 
compound growth over the three financial years ending on 26 
June 2021. The figures in Table 2b include the adjustments 
made for the underpayment of retail management and Set Up 
team members and Board discretion in FY20. This impact was 
detailed in previous reports. 

For the year to 26 June 2021, the target for Normalised Profit Before Tax (NPBT) was set at $260.3 million, 19.2 per cent higher than the 
NPBT achieved in the period to 27 June 2020 of $218.3 million.  The financial gateway for the STI scheme of $234.3 million (90 per cent 
of target) was exceeded and therefore Executive KMP scorecards were activated. 

The individual Key Performance Indicator (KPI) to determine STI awards and the FY21 achievements, referenced by the Board for the 
Group MD and CEO and other Executive KMP, are detailed in Tables 3 and 4. 

Table 3:  Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer performance  

Balanced 
Scorecard 

Measure 

Weighting 

Actual 
Performance 
range 

Commentary on Performance 

Group Financial 
Performance 

Business 
Improvement 

Customer 

People/Risk 

Normalised Profit 
Before Tax 
attributable to 
members 

Working Capital 
Efficiency 

Delivery of FY21 
portfolio benefits 
in accordance 
with plan 

Corporate 
Governance Focus 

Organic growth 
through existing 
customers 

Safety 

Risk Management 

35% 

Stretch 

The pre-AASB16 NPBT result for the Group is  
$437.5 million.  

The Normalised PBT result is an excellent result that 
captures the benefit of the more sustained COVID-19 
related demand than was expected in October when the 
measure was approved. 

15% 

20% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

Stretch 

Working capital efficiency target was exceeded. 

Target to 
Stretch 

Delivery of FY21 portfolio benefits in accordance with plan 
was achieved. 

Target 

Deliverables agreed for the Risk Transformation Program 
and the Health & Safety Maturity Program were met. 

Stretch 

Organic growth through existing customers target was 
exceeded. 

Stretch 

Total recordable injuries represent a 27% improvement on 
the baseline, with improvements across all brands. 

Target to 
stretch 

Measured as the increase in risk maturity across the Group, 
as assessed by the Board. 

Table 4: Other Executive KMP performance  

Name 

Role 

Financial 
(50%) 

Business 
Improvement 
(30%) 

Customer 
(10%) 

People / Risk 
(10%) 

STI 
Scorecard 
Outcome 

P A Bradshaw 

Managing Director - BCF 

Stretch 

A Brandon 

Chief Executive Officer - 
Macpac 

Target to 
Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Stretch 

Target to Stretch 

Target 

Target to Stretch 

D J Burns 

Chief Financial Officer 

Stretch 

Target 

Stretch 

Stretch 

Target to Stretch 

B L Ward 

Managing Director - 
Supercheap Auto 

Stretch 

G S Williams 

Managing Director - rebel 

Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Stretch 

Stretch 

Target to Stretch 

Target to 
Stretch 

Stretch 

Target to Stretch 

SUMMARY 

The STI outcomes for Executive KMP are reflected in Table 5.  

The  STI  award  for  all  Executive  KMP  will  be  paid  70  per  cent  cash  and  30  per  cent  restricted  shares,  of  which  one  half  will  become 
unrestricted in September 2022, and the remainder in September 2023. This deferral supports an increase in executive shareholding, 
enhances risk management and executive retention, and reflects broader market practice.  

Table 5:  STI outcomes 

STI scorecard outcomes 

Executive Director 
A M Heraghty 

Other Executive KMP 

P A Bradshaw 

A Brandon 

D J Burns 

B L Ward 

G S Williams 

STI assessment 
per cent of 
target 

Total STI 
payment 
$ 

30% 
deferral 
into equity 
$ 

STI cash 
payment  
$ 

STI earned 
per cent of 
maximum 
(maximum = 150% 
of target) 

STI unearned 
(forfeited) 
per cent of 
maximum 
payable 

137.8 

984,581 

295,374 

689,207 

91.9% 

8.1% 

140.8 

124.2 

134.6 

138.3 

135.3 

563,200 

144,553 

673,202 

691,707 

168,960 

43,366 

201,961 

207,512 

676,703 

203,011 

394,240 

101,187 

471,241 

484,195 

473,692 

93.9% 

82.8% 

89.7% 

92.2% 

90.2% 

6.1% 

17.2% 

10.3% 

7.8% 

9.8% 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
50
50 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

51
51 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

LTI OUTCOMES FOR FY21 

Long-Term Incentive Outcomes for FY21 

The FY19 grant was dependent on performance for the three years ending 26 June 2021.  

The performance hurdles for the FY19 LTI grant were met, with 100 per cent of the grant qualifying for vesting over the relevant vesting 
period. The impact of the capital raising has unfavourably impacted normalised earnings per share, as the net impact of increased shares 
was  only  partially  offset  by  lower  interest  costs.    The  net  effect  still  exceeded  the  level  required  for  100  per  cent  vesting.   The  Board 
approved 100 per cent vesting for the FY19 grant.   

In FY20, the Board established a set of principles to be used in exercising discretion.  These are outlined in Section 6, along with a detailed 
outline of the LTI Plan.   

As the LTI vests over a period, after the performance hurdle has been tested, the value of LTI shown in the remuneration tables includes a 
portion of the FY16 grant and all subsequent grants. Table 6 outlines the performance outcomes and the subsequent vesting for each of 
the LTI performance rights granted and performance tested since FY16. Each grant is subject to equally weighted performance measures 
being  compound  average  growth  rate  of  normalised  earnings  per  share  over  three  financial  years  and  normalised  return  on  capital 
averaged over three financial years. 

Table 6:  Proportion of LTI vesting over the last four years  

Grant 
name 

Grant date 

FY16 

FY17 

FY18 

FY19 

September 
2015 

September 
2016 

September 
2017 

September 
2018 

Financial 
results 
determining 
vesting (1) 

FY16, FY17, 
FY18 

FY17, FY18, 
FY19 

FY18, FY19, 
FY20 

FY19, FY20, 
FY21 

Normalised Earnings Per Share (EPS)  
three-year compound average  
growth rate (50% weight) 

Normalised Return On Capital (ROC)  
three-year average   
(50% weight) 

Performance
outcome  
% 

Qualifying 
for vesting 
% 

Forfeited 
% 

Performance 
outcome 
% 

Qualifying 
for vesting 
% 

Forfeited 
% 

11.7 

33.5 

16.5 

11.9 

Nil 

50.0 

13.8 

44.0 

6.0 

13.0 

33.3 

16.7 

5.3 

Nil 

50.0 

13.6 

38.3 

11.7 

23.8 

50.0 

Nil 

19.0 

50.0 

Nil 

(1)  Results are after adjustments for impact of team member underpayments as previously disclosed. 

Executive KMP Remuneration Outcomes for FY21 

Table 7  details remuneration elements calculated in accordance with accounting standards as required by the Corporations Act 2001 
Regulations 2M.3.03.  LTI is the fair value, accrued over the performance period, and STI for FY21 is the amount earned for FY21 and to 
be paid in September 2021 (in FY22). 

Table 7: Remuneration for Executive KMP calculated in accordance with accounting standards 

Year 

Short-term benefits 

Post-
employment 

Share-based 

Other 

Total 

Cash salary 
$ 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

Non- 
monetary 
benefits(1) 
$ 

Annual 
leave 
$ 

Super- 
annuation 
$ 

Performance 
Rights 
(LTI) 
$ 

Restricted 
Shares   
(Deferred 
STI) 
$ 

Other long-
term 
benefit(2) 
$ 

Total 
$ 

1,128,305 

689,207 

- 

(9,328)  

21,694  1,303,359 

209,010 

11,227 

3,353,474 

1,065,648 

603,000 

3,349 

(30,943) 

21,003 

119,350 

85,938 

11,148 

1,878,493 

622,957 

394,240 

372,560 

141,977 

379,232 

101,187 

- 

- 

- 

379,877 

42,600 

2,384 

653,306 

471,241 

- 

8,183 

21,694 

442,542 

92,182 

3,521 

1,585,319 

18,170 

12,172 

61,040 

16,317 

15,752 

29,235 

21,782 

599 

600,075 

11,575 

212,053 

27,132 

(110,565) 

632,786 

11,396 

- 

9,063 

48,801 

555,161 

21,694 

701,407 

144,562 

12,515 

2,021,042 

651,297 

424,550 

2,700 

5,563 

21,003 

177,760 

60,412 

9,362 

1,352,647 

655,207 

484,195 

44,793 

8,208 

25,000 

494,848 

139,157 

3,791 

1,855,199 

593,141 

612,894 

33,625 

17,895 

21,003 

43,982 

52,694 

993 

1,376,227 

703,306 

473,692 

- 

22,667 

21,694 

497,741 

141,463 

3,829 

1,864,392 

676,297 

503,614 

2,700 

- 

21,003 

49,769 

56,875 

1,736 

1,311,994 

50,077 

- 

3,692 

5,122 

5,251 

4,882 

- 

1,165 

70,189 

4,142,313 

2,613,762 

44,793 

58,219 

123,351  3,651,950 

753,506 

(75,682)  11,312,212 

3,788,897 

2,328,635 

48,450 

76,847 

116,411 

424,978 

286,764 

73,804 

7,144,786 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

Name 

A M Heraghty

(3) (4)

P A Bradshaw

(5)

A Brandon 

D J Burns 

B L Ward

(6)

G S Williams

(7)

Former Executive KMP 

C D Wilesmith

(8)

Total 

Total 
 (1) 

Includes salary-sacrificed items such as novated leases, and car parking, including any FBT payable.  

(2) 

Includes accruals for long service leave entitlements and reversal of accrued long-term retention bonus for A Brandon of $110,565 ($48,801 in 2020 and $61,764 in 2019).  During FY21 the 
Board withdrew the retention bonus, and A Brandon now participates in the same LTI plan as other Executive KMP. 

(3) 

The annual leave accrual in FY20 has been adjusted to reflect the leave that was taken in FY20.  A $40,000 car allowance has been classified as cash salary.   

(4)  A M Heraghty commenced as Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer from 20 February 2019. As approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 22 October 2019, 
A M 

Heraghty received an LTI grant of 86,294 performance rights and 53,262 performance rights in relation to a one-off co-investment grant.   

(5)  P A Bradshaw commenced as KMP on 25 November 2019.  FY20 STI outcome is pro-rated for length of service. 

(6)  B L Ward commenced as KMP on 1 August 2019.  Included in the FY20 cash bonus total is a sign-on bonus of $250,000 and the FY20 STI outcome is pro-rated for length of service. 

(7)  G S Williams commenced as KMP on 2 April 2019.  Included in the cash bonus is a sign-on bonus for G S Williams of $113,014 in FY20.  

(8)  C D Wilesmith ceased as KMP on 31 July 2019. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52
52 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

53
53 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

Table 8 details the remuneration actually received during FY21.  As with Table 7, the cash STI amount is that earned in FY21 and to 
be paid in FY22.  The amount shown for value of LTI vesting represents the number of rights converted to ordinary shares during 
FY21 multiplied by the share price on the date of vesting ($10.85 in the five trading days following results announcement in August 
2020).  The rights converting to ordinary shares derive from FY16, FY17 and FY18 grants as detailed in Table 13.  This value for LTI 
contrasts  with  Table  7  that  shows  the  FY21  portion  of  the  fair  value  of  equity  grants  which  are  amortised  over  the  relevant 
performance measurement and vesting periods.   

Table 8: Remuneration received  

FY21 

Cash and non-monetary 

Equity 

Total 

Name 

A M Heraghty 

P A Bradshaw 

A Brandon 

D J Burns 

B L Ward 

Cash salary 
$ 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

1,128,305 

689,207 

622,957 

394,240 

379,232 

101,187 

653,306 

471,241 

655,207 

484,195 

G S Williams 

703,306 

473,692 

Non-monetary 
benefits and 
superannuation(1) 
$ 

Value of deferred 
STI (restricted 
shares) restrictions 
expired(2) 
$ 

Value of LTI 
(performance 
rights) vesting 
$ 

Total 
$ 

21,694 

21,694 

11,575 

21,694 

69,793 

21,694 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

234,566 

2,073,772 

- 

- 

1,038,891 

491,994 

180,251 

1,326,492 

- 

- 

1,209,195 

1,198,692 

(1)  Changes in accruals are not included in this table as they do not affect the amounts received by the individual. 
(2)  Deferral of STI was introduced in FY20.  The first restrictions lift in September 2021, which is FY22.   

Table 9 details each of the remuneration elements given to Executive KMP during FY21.  This table shows STI at target, LTI at face 
value, half of the FY21 LTI grant (as the other half relates to FY22) and illustrates the target mix of fixed, short-term and long-term 
reward.  

Table 9: Remuneration granted  

A M Heraghty 

P A Bradshaw 

A Brandon 

D J Burns 

B L Ward 

G S Williams 

Fixed Pay

Cash STI

Deferred STI

LTI

42.4%
Fixed Pay: $1,150,000 

44.7%
Fixed Pay: $650,000 

18.4%

7.9%

Target STI: $714,500 

31.3%
LTI Face Value: $850,000 

19.3%

8.3%

Target STI: $400,000 

27.7%
 LTI Face Value: $403,000 

50.9%
Fixed Pay: $385,047 

10.8%

4.6%

Target STI: $116,822 

33.7%
LTI Face Value: $255,440 

Total 

$2,714,500 

$1,453,000 

$757,309 

42.3%
Fixed Pay: $675,000 

43.3%
Fixed Pay: $725,000 

43.3%
Fixed Pay: $725,000 

22.0%
Target STI: $500,150 

9.4%

26.3%

$1,593,650 

LTI Face Value: $418,500 

20.9%

9.0%

Target STI: $500,150 

26.8%
LTI Face Value: $449,500 

$1,674,650 

20.9%

9.0%

Target STI: $500,150 

26.8%
LTI Face Value: $449,500 

$1,674,650 

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

(1) 
(2) 

The components of the remuneration framework are described in Section 6. 
The Maximum STI is 150 per cent of the target STI. 

SECTION 4 
FY22 Remuneration Matters 

The Board does not anticipate any policy changes in relation to remuneration in FY22. 

In the context of continuing strong Group financial performance and Super Retail Group’s market capitalisation increase from $1.5 
billion in 2018 to $2.9 billion at financial year end, the Board initiated a review of the remuneration of the Group MD and CEO for 
FY22, including the remuneration level and target remuneration mix. The review draws on external benchmarking data from similar 
sized ASX-listed companies and industry peers. The review will also take into consideration the performance of the Group MD and 
CEO since his appointment in 2019. 

The benchmarking data indicate that Mr Heraghty’s fixed remuneration and total target reward, in respect of FY21, significantly lags 
the external comparator market benchmark. The data also indicate that the remuneration mix reflects a higher weighting of fixed 
remuneration versus performance-based remuneration, as compared to the comparator groups. 

The  Board’s  aim,  consistent  with  the  Company’s  remuneration  policy,  is  to  position  the  Group  MD  and  CEO’s  Total  Target 
Remuneration in the 75th percentile, and for the remuneration mix to place significant emphasis on performance-based (or ‘at-risk’) 
remuneration and alignment of remuneration opportunity to the Group’s business strategy and shareholder returns. 

For other KMP, based on the market data, there will be fixed pay increases for the MDs of SCA, Rebel and BCF. No other changes are 
proposed for any element of remuneration for Executive KMP for FY22. 

In relation to LTI, a grant will not be made to Executive KMP in FY22, as a combined grant covering FY21 and FY22 was made in FY21. 

No increase in the Non-Executive Director fee pool will be sought in FY22. 

In relation to Non-Executive Directors, the last increase in base fees was in FY18. The Board has reviewed external benchmarking 
data, consistent with the comparator groups used for the review of the role of Group MD and CEO, and considered a range of factors, 
including the time commitment required, effectiveness of the Board and the scale and complexity of the business. There will be an 
increase in fees in FY22.  

Table 10: Non-Executive Director fees FY22  

Annual Fees 

Chair(1) 

Members 

Board 

$360,000 

$145,000 

(1)   Committee fees are not paid to the Chair of the Board. 

Audit and Risk 
Committee 

Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee 

Nomination 
Committee 

$45,000 

$15,000 

$45,000 

$15,000 

Nil 

Nil 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54
54 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

55
55 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

SECTION 5 
Executive Interests in Super Retail Group Securities 

 MINIMUM SECURITIES HOLDING POLICY 

In 2015, to further align the interests of KMP with those of shareholders, the Board introduced a minimum shareholding requirement 
to be achieved within five years of commencing as a KMP, or within five years of the policy commencing FY15.  The requirement is 
summarised below: 

Group MD and CEO 
Other Executive KMP 

150% x base salary 
100% x base salary 

KMP HOLDINGS OF EQUITY IN SUPER RETAIL GROUP 

The remuneration framework results in three different types of Super Retail Group securities: a) ordinary shares, b) restricted shares 
and c) performance rights.  The plans are outlined in Section 6.  Restricted shares were used for the first time in FY21 to deliver the 
deferred STI.  

ORDINARY SHARES OF SUPER RETAIL GROUP HELD BY KMP 

Table 11 details the movement during the year in the number of ordinary shares in the Company held directly, indirectly or beneficially, 
by  each  Executive  KMP,  including  their  related  parties  is  detailed  below.    The  table  details  the  number  of  ordinary  shares  in  the 
Company received by KMP during the year on exercise of performance rights (see also Table 13) and on lifting of restrictions imposed 
on deferred STI (see also Table 12). 

Table 11: Movement in ordinary shares(1)  

FY21 

A M Heraghty 
P A Bradshaw 
A Brandon 

D J Burns 
B L Ward 
G S Williams 

Held at  
27 June 2020 

Vesting of  
LTI 

Purchases 

Entitlement 
offer 

59,720 
- 
- 

33,637 
- 
- 

21,619 
- 
- 

16,613 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
6,957 

- 
- 
- 

4,806 
- 
- 

Sales  

(15,101) 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

Held at  
26 June 2021 

66,238 
- 
- 

55,056 
- 
6,957 

  (1) 

Excluding restricted shares – refer Table 12. 

Performance rights for KMP and non-KMP were fulfilled through a combination of on-market share purchases and new share issues.  
Total performance rights vested were 172,653 (117,855 purchased on market and 54,798 new share issues). Shares were purchased 
on-market for the dividend re-investment program for the interim dividend for FY20, which was subsequently cancelled.  Those shares 
were used to satisfy shares required for performance rights.  The balance of the requirements were satisfied through the issue of new 
shares.  More detail of the relevant tranches vesting in FY21 for KMP is provided in Table 13. 

RESTRICTED SHARES HELD BY KMP 

Table 12 details the movement during the year in the number of restricted shares in the Company granted to Executive KMP as part 
of their STI.  This is the first year that restricted shares have been used within the remuneration framework.  They were introduced 
to deliver the deferred component of STI because they are an effective instrument to deliver time-bound equity where performance 
outcomes have been achieved.  Restrictions on deferred STI will be lifted by 50 per cent in September 2021, and the remainder in 
September 2022.  Participants are eligible to receive dividends on restricted equity before the restriction is lifted.   

As previously disclosed, in relation to FY20 performance the Board determined that a portion of the FY20 STI was forgone and an 
equal proportion deferred for 12 months into restricted shares, for which the restrictions lift on the whole award in September 2021 
(Discretionary deferral of FY20 STI).  

Table 12: Movement in restricted shares  

FY21 

A M Heraghty 

P A Bradshaw 

A Brandon 

D J Burns 

B L Ward 

G S Williams 

Held at  
27 June 2020 

Discretionary 
deferral of 
FY20 STI 

Deferred STI 
granted during 
FY21 

Restrictions 
expired during  
FY21 

Held at  
26 June 2021 

Financial year in 
which grant is 
exercisable 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5,184 

1,567 

1,036 

3,629 

3,339 

3,629 

16,900 

3,979 

1,193 

11,898 

10,170 

10,947 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

           22,084  

             5,546  

             2,229  

           15,527  

           13,509  

           14,576  

FY22, FY23 

FY22, FY23 

FY22, FY23 

FY22, FY23 

FY22, FY23 

FY22, FY23 

PERFORMANCE RIGHTS OVER EQUITY INSTRUMENTS OF SUPER RETAIL GROUP 

The  movement  during  the  reporting  period  in  the  number  of  performance  rights  over  ordinary  shares  in  the  Company  held  
(directly, indirectly or beneficially) by each Executive KMP, including their related parties, is detailed in Table 13. The grant made in FY21 
was an award for two financial years FY21 and FY22.  Performance rights do not carry voting or dividend rights. 

Table 13: Movement in performance rights 

Held at 
27 June 2020 

Granted(1) 

Vested 

Lapsed or 
forfeited 

Held at  
26 June 2021 

Financial year in 
which grant is 
exercisable  

A M Heraghty 

2016 

2017 
2018 
2019(2) 
2020(3) 
2021 

P A Bradshaw 

2020 
2021 

A Brandon 

2021 

D J Burns 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019(2) 
2020 
2021 

B L Ward 

2020 
2021 

G S Williams 

2020 

2021 

1,411 

17,619 
59,526 
50,200 
139,556 
- 

40,913 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
190,583 

- 
90,358 

- 

57,273 

944 
11,860 
50,860 
44,006 
44,060 
- 

44,060 
- 

44,060 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
93,834 

- 
100,784 

- 

100,784 

(1,411) 

(8,809) 
(11,399) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

(944) 
(5,930) 
(9,739) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
(36,728) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
(31,381) 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

FY19, FY20, FY21 

8,810 
11,399 
50,200 
139,556 
190,583 

FY20, FY21, FY22 
FY21, FY22, FY23 
FY22, FY23, FY24 
FY23, FY24 
FY23, FY24, FY25 

40,913 
90,358 

FY23, FY24 
FY23, FY24, FY25 

57,273 

FY23, FY24, FY25 

- 
5,930 
9,740 
44,006 
44,060 
93,834 

FY19, FY20, FY21 
FY20, FY21, FY22 
FY21, FY22, FY23 
FY22, FY23, FY24 
FY23, FY24 
FY23, FY24, FY25 

44,060 
100,784 

FY23, FY24 
FY23, FY24, FY25 

44,060 

100,784 

FY23, FY24 

FY23, FY24, FY25 

(1)  Performance rights provided as remuneration to each of the Executive KMP of the Group during the financial year.  The grant made in FY21 was an award for two financial years 

FY21 and FY22 and is described in more detail in Section 6. 

(2)  These performance rights will partially vest with the announcement of the FY21 results. 
(3)  As approved at the Annual General Meeting held on 22 October 2019, A M Heraghty received a Long-Term Incentive grant of 86,294 performance rights and 53,262 performance 

rights in relation to a one-off co-investment grant.  The co-investment grant vests 50 per cent in February 2022, 25 per cent in February 2023 and 25 per cent in February 2024. 

(4)  The maximum possible total financial value in future years is dependent on the Group share price at any time after the exercise date, the minimum possible total value is nil.   
(5)  All vested performance rights are exercisable. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56
56 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

57
57 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

The performance rights granted in FY21 were valued for the purpose of the financial statements using a fair value of $9.47 (refer 
Table 14), which is based on the share price at the accounting grant date of 30 December 2020. In February 2021, the Board withdrew 
the  retention  arrangement  that  had  previously  been  reported  for  A  Brandon,  and  he  was  granted  performance  rights  under  the 
Performance Rights Plan. As they were granted at a later date, the fair value of Mr Brandon’s performance rights was determined to 
be $10.15.  

The performance rights are expensed over their vesting period in line with the vesting conditions. Refer to Section 6 for details of 
these vesting conditions. 

OPTIONS 

There are no option plans in operation and hence no options were granted or vested during the financial year and no amounts unpaid 
on shares issued as a result of the exercise of the options in FY21. 

UNISSUED SHARES UNDER PERFORMANCE RIGHTS PLANS 

Unissued ordinary shares of Super Retail Group Limited under the Performance Rights Plan at the date of this report are detailed in 
Table 14.  

Table 14: Number of performance rights 

Grant 

Grant date 

VWAP used for 
grant 

FY16 

FY17 

FY18 

FY19 

FY20 

1 September 2015 

1 September 2016 

1 September 2017 

1 September 2018 

1 September 2019 

FY21 & FY22 

1 November 2020 

Total 

$8.93 

$10.51 

$8.02 

$9.51 

$9.85 

$8.92(2) 

Fair value per 
performance 
right  
at grant date 

$8.17 

$7.99 

$6.38 

$7.65 

$7.72(1) 

$9.47(3) 

Financial year in 
which grant is 
exercisable 

Number of  
performance rights at 
26 June 2021 

2019, 2020, 2021 

2020, 2021, 2022 

2021, 2022, 2023 

2022, 2023, 2024 

2023, 2024 

2023, 2024, 2025 

- 

73,546 

89,240 

336,944 

656,963 

1,116,783 

2,273,476 

 (1) 
(2) 

The performance rights value for the 1 September 2019 grant was $7.72, with the exception of A M Heraghty who received a long-term incentive grant of 86,294 
performance rights and 53,262 performance rights in relation to a one-off co-investment grant with these grants averaging a value of $7.21. 
The number of performance rights granted in FY21 (and covering FY22) is based on the average volume-weighted share price in the five days following the announcement of 31 
July 2020 ($8.92). 

(3)  Performance rights were granted to Mr Brandon in February 2021.  Although the terms and conditions are the same as for other executives, the later grant date results in a fair 

value of $10.15. 

(4)  Refer to Section 6 for details of vesting conditions. 
(5)  Performance rights lapse seven years after the grant date. 

SECTION 6 
Executive Remuneration Framework 

Our philosophy is to provide flexible and market competitive remuneration arrangements that reflect the performance of the Group and 
its businesses. 

The key elements are: 

Market 
competitive 

Aligned to 
shareholders’ 
sustainable  
value 

Pay-for- 
performance 
environment -
specific and 
measurable 

Equitable and 
consistent across 
the Group 

 Recognise 
performance and  
experience 

Aligned to values 
and prudent risk 
management 

EXECUTIVE REMUNERATION OBJECTIVES  

The Group MD and CEO, together with other Executive KMP, are remunerated under a Total Reward Framework. The Total Reward 
Framework is designed to appropriately reward executives for their contribution to the success of the Group by aligning all remuneration 
elements to the delivery of both short-term milestones and long-term sustainable value to the Group’s shareholders.  The target pay mix 
is set out in Table 9. 

Our Remuneration 
Objectives 

Attract, motivate and 
retain executive talent. 

Differentiate reward to 
drive performance, 
including values and 
behaviours. 

An appropriate balance 
of fixed and ‘at-risk’ 
components focused on 
long-term strategy and 
short-term milestones. 

Alignment to shareholder 
interests and value 
creation through equity 
components granted as 
part of long-term 
incentives or through the 
deferral of cash-based 
short-term incentives 
into equity. 

ALIGNMENT OF OBJECTIVES TO OUR REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 

Fixed Pay / Base Salary 
Package 

Short-Term Incentive 
(STI) 

Long-Term Incentive 
(LTI) 

Remuneration Mix 

Strategic Intent  
and Market Positioning 

Positioned at the median 
compared to relevant 
market-based data 
(similarly sized S&P/ 
ASX200 companies), 
taking into consideration 
expertise and 
performance in  
the role. 

To achieve Board 
approved targets, in 
support of the execution 
of the Group’s strategy.  

Total target cash, (base 
salary package and STI 
combined) is intended to 
be positioned within the 
third quartile of relevant 
benchmark comparisons. 

To reward Executive 
KMP for sustainable 
long-term growth 
aligned to shareholders’ 
interests.  

‘At-risk’ remuneration 
consistent with the 
broader market.   

Deferral of STI into equity 
extends the timeframe 
for receipt of variable 
reward outcomes. 

Combined, base salary 
package, STI and LTI are 
intended to be 
positioned within the 
third quartile of relevant 
benchmark comparisons. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58
58 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

59
59 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

FIXED PAY/BASE SALARY 

Base  salary  comprises  base  pay  and  superannuation  and  may  include  prescribed  non-financial  benefits  at  the  discretion  of  the 
individual executive on a salary-sacrifice basis. The Group provides superannuation contributions in line with statutory obligations. 

No guaranteed base salary increases are included in any KMP’s service agreement. 

VARIABLE OR ‘AT-RISK’ REMUNERATION 

Variable or ‘at-risk’ remuneration forms a significant portion of the Executive KMP remuneration opportunity. The purpose of variable 
remuneration is to focus executives on the execution of the Group’s strategy and delivery of long-term sustainable value. 

The information below provides detail of the Group’s short-term and long-term incentives. 

SHORT TERM INCENTIVE REWARD 

Consistent with prior years, the FY21 STI scheme (the scheme) for Executive Leadership Team, including Executive KMP, is based on 
a balanced scorecard. Taking a scorecard approach allows executive performance to be assessed in a holistic way against four key 
drivers of performance, outlined in Table 15. Deferral of a portion of STI into equity was introduced in FY20 using restricted shares to 
meet the deferred STI component.  

Table 15:  Key aspects of the FY21 STI scheme 

Scheme 

STI awards are made under the Super Retail Group Short-Term Incentive scheme (the scheme). 

FY21 Target, Maximum 
(Stretch) Opportunity, 
and Minimum 

For KMP, the target STI opportunity is 100 per cent, and the maximum stretch STI opportunity is 
150 per cent of target. For each measure, a threshold level of performance is set. This level must be 
met to achieve any payment; hence the minimum is zero. In setting this threshold, consideration is 
given to prior year performance and target. 

Payment Vehicle: 
Restricted Shares 

FY21 STI awards are delivered as 70 per cent cash and 30 per cent deferral to equity, with half 
becoming unrestricted in year two and the remainder becoming unrestricted in year three. To 
meet this delivery, the Board determined that restricted shares were the most efficient vehicle. 
For FY20, the Board exercised discretion to reduce the amount of STI.  The reduction resulted in a 
portion foregone.  The Board also determined a portion would be deferred into restricted shares 
for one year. 

Restricted shares receive dividends and have voting rights. They may not be traded until the 
restriction is lifted. 

Payment Frequency 

STI awards are paid annually. Payments are made in September following the end of the 
performance period.   

The Human Resources and Remuneration Committee recommends the design of the STI scheme, KPI and target setting, and the 
Board holds approval and discretion over the outcomes.   During the year the Board established principles for use in considering 
discretion for STI reward. 

Participation 

The scheme allows for the invitation to participate to Executive KMP and other executives.  

PRINCIPLES FOR BOARD DISCRETION ON STI 

Purpose 

The scheme rewards a combination of Board-approved financial and non-financial performance 
measures that are aligned to the execution of the Group’s strategy, and which articulate 
performance expectations at both target and over-achievement levels. 

Performance Period 

The performance period is the 12 months ending 26 June 2021. 

Financial Gateway 

A minimum Group NPBT of at least 90 per cent of target must be met before any Short-Term 
Incentives are payable. If this level is not reached, any payment made to Executive KMP will be 
at the Board’s discretion. 

Performance Targets 

The achievement of individual KPI targets (once the financial gateway has been achieved) 
determines the proportion of the potential bonus entitlement that will be granted. 

For FY21, the following primary performance goals and weightings were selected. These goals 
are aligned to the Group’s strategic plan. The significant weighting of financial outcomes, at 50 
per cent, maintains a strong link between financial performance and incentive paid. 

Measures 

Category 

Weighting  
(% of STI) 

Financial 

Financial 

Non-Financial 

Business 
Improvement 

Customer 

People and Risk 

50 

20 

20 

10 

Performance Goals 

•  Normalised Profit Before Tax 

(NPBT) 

•  Working Capital Efficiency 

•  Delivery of Strategic Potfolio 

•  Active Customer Revenue 
•  Net Promotor Score (NPS) 
•  Total Recorded Injuries  
•  Risk Management 

The Board has discretion to moderate outcomes under the STI scheme. At the conclusion of each performance 
period, and informed by the audited financial results and other relevant information, the Board will review the 
reward outcomes arising from the assessment against the performance metrics, and consider whether any 
adjustments to outcomes are appropriate, having regard to the following principles:  

• 

• 

• 

Preserving the purpose and integrity of the remuneration framework and short-term 
remuneration target.  

Consistency with general market/security-holder expectations, particularly for the 
alignment of performance-based remuneration with the interests of shareholders. 

Exercising discretion only for events or items over the performance period that have a 
material impact on the outcome. 

•  Maintaining affordability of the STI scheme. 

• 

• 

Sustaining desired impact against subsequent year strategic and business objectives. 

Exercising any discretion fairly and consistently, considering:  

• 

any actions taken which have optimised long and/or short-term value 
creation at the expense of an “in year” outcome measured in the scorecard;  

•  whether performance measures capture the impacts of unforeseen events 
on the business and creation of sustainable shareholder value; and  

• 

the impacts of a team member’s actions on the outcome as assessed against 
the performance metric.  

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60
60 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

61
61 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

LONG-TERM INCENTIVE REWARD 

Significant Items 

The Group’s remuneration structure aims to align long-term incentives for Executive KMPs and other executives with the delivery of 
sustainable value to shareholders. The alignment of interests is important in ensuring that Executive KMPs and other executives are 
focused on delivering sustainable returns to shareholders, whilst allowing the Group to attract and retain high-calibre executives. The 
Board  has  determined  that  the  combination  of  normalised  Earnings  Per  Share  (EPS)  and  normalised  Return  On  Capital  (ROC)  are 
appropriate measures of sustainable shareholder returns. 

Historically the LTI plan has used a combination of two metrics being compound average growth in normalised earnings per share over 
three  financial  years  and  normalised  return  on  capital  (ROC)  average  over  three  financial  years,  which  the  Board  determined  are 
appropriate measures of sustainable shareholder returns. In the context of COVID-19 and the challenges of forecasting the impact on 
the business, the Board established a two-year Medium-Term Business Plan (MTBP), with targets for normalised ROC and Normalised 
Profit Before Tax (NPBT).  The grant in FY21 covered LTI reward for both FY21 and FY22, and is based on performance over the two-year 
period of the MTBP.  It is intended that grants from FY23 revert to the previous plan structure with a three-year performance period. 

Table 16:  Key aspects of the LTI plan 

Plan  

Participation 

LTI Instrument 

Allocation Methodology 

LTI awards are granted under the Super Retail Group Employee Performance Rights Plan (the plan). 

The plan allows for the annual grant of Performance Rights to Executive KMP and other executives.  
The grant for FY21 includes the FY22 opportunity.  There will be no grant in FY22.  The FY21 grant is 
outlined in Table 18. 

Performance rights are granted by the Group for nil consideration. Each performance right is a right 
to receive a fully paid ordinary share at no cost if service-based and performance-based vesting 
conditions are met. 

The number of performance rights granted to each Executive KMP is determined in accordance with 
the Executive Remuneration Framework and has a value of between 50 per cent and 100 per cent of 
their base salary package. The notional value of performance rights granted to Executive KMP and 
other executives is determined on a face value basis using a volume-weighted average price for 
Super Retail Group shares traded on the ASX over a period of five trading days following the release 
of the Group’s results for the preceding reporting period. The value of performance rights for grant 
purposes may differ from the accounting valuation shown in the financial statements, which 
considers probability of vesting and other factors. 

Performance Period 

Three financial years commencing July in the year the award is made.  

Performance Hurdles 

Equity grants to Executive KMP and other executives are in two equal tranches, half relating to the 
compound annual growth rate in normalised EPS over the performance period and the remainder 
relating to normalised ROC averaged over the performance period. 

 Vesting Schedule 

The performance conditions for performance rights granted in FY20 were: 

Measures 

Normalised earnings per share 
compound average growth rate over 
the performance period 

Normalised  return on capital 
average over the performance 
period 

Weight 

50% 

50% 

Proportion that 
qualifies for 
delivery in 
accordance 
with the vesting 
period outlined 
below 

Below threshold: 
0% of this portion 
Threshold: 
30% of this portion 
Midpoint: 
50% of this portion 
Maximum: 
100% of this portion 
Straight-line vesting: Between 
threshold and target and then 
between target and maximum 

Below threshold: 
0% of this portion 
Threshold: 
30% of this portion 
Midpoint: 
50% of this portion 
Maximum: 
100% of this portion 
Straight-line vesting: Between 
threshold and target and then 
between target and maximum 

The Threshold, Target and Maximum for the grants since FY17 are shown in Table 17 

Each year, the Board reviews any significant items, positive and negative, and considers their 
relevance for reward outcomes. The Board may adjust for any significant events/items to give a 
clearer reflection of financial performance from one period to the next. Significant 
events/items are considered unusual by their nature and size and/or not in the ordinary course 
of the business and have been excluded from the definition of Normalised PBT as detailed in 
Note 4 in the financial statements.  In FY21, there were no other adjustments impacting 
remuneration. 

Vesting Period  

If the performance conditions are satisfied within the performance period, the performance rights 
will vest over the subsequent years in accordance with the following schedule: 

Time after grant of  
performance rights: 
Three years 
Four years 

Percentage of  
performance rights that vest: 
50 
50 

Note that for grants prior to FY20, qualified performance rights vest 50 per cent after three years, 25 
per cent after four years and 25 per cent after five years. 

At the end of the performance period, equity grants are tested against the performance hurdles set. 
Awards will only vest once the Board, in its discretion, determines that relevant conditions have been 
satisfied. If the performance hurdles are not met at the vesting date, the performance rights will 
lapse. There is no retesting of performance hurdles under the plan. The Board has discretion to 
determine that an Award vests prior to the end of the relevant period and retains a discretion to 
adjust performance-related outcomes. 

Testing and Time 
Restrictions  

Dividends and Voting Rights 

Performance rights do not carry voting or dividend rights. 

Termination Provisions 

Executive KMP must be employed at the time of vesting to receive the allotment of shares. The Board 
has discretion to amend the employment requirement based on the circumstances associated with 
the Executive KMP and other executives leaving.  

Change of Control 
Provisions 

Any unvested performance rights may vest at the Board’s discretion, having regard to pro-rated 
performance.  

Principles for Board 
discretion on equity-based 
incentive plans  

Preserve the purpose and integrity of the LTI plan. 

• 
•  Maintain the integrity of each year’s remuneration as awarded. 
•  Maintain the level of performance expected when the original targets were set. 
• 

Be consistent with general market/security-holder expectations, particularly for the alignment of 
performance-based remuneration with the interests of shareholders.  
Be able to be implemented without requiring special approvals, for example from the ASX or 
security-holders.  
Not hinder the success of any transaction (such as a significant acquisition) given that executives 
do not otherwise receive incentive type payments for merger and acquisition activity. 
Discretion should only be exercised for events or items over the performance period that have a 
material impact on the outcome. 
Adjustments (positive and negative) are made at the time of vesting (there may be more 
than one relevant event during the performance period). 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Table 17:  Threshold, Target and Maximum for LTI Plans FY17 to FY20 

Performance Condition for  
Normalised Earnings Per Share compound average 
growthover the performance period 

Performance Condition for  
Normalised Return On Capital 
average over the performance period 

Grant 

FY17 

FY18 

FY19 

FY20 

Threshold (zero 
below this, 30% at 
this point) 

Nil below 10% 

Nil below 10% 

8% 

8% 

Midpoint (50% 
reward achieved) 

Maximum 

(100%) 

Threshold (zero 
below this, 30% at 
this point) 

Midpoint (50% reward 
achieved) 

Maximum 

(100%) 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

15% 

15% 

13% 

13% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

10% 

12% 

12% 

12% 

12% 

15% 

15% 

15% 

15% 

The Super Retail Group Employee Performance Rights Plan rules are available on the Group’s website.  The Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee recommends the design of the LTI plan, metrics and target setting, and the Board holds approval and 
discretion over the outcomes.   

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
                                                                    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
62
62 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

63
63 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

Table 18:  Key aspects of the LTI plan modifications for the FY21 grant 

Financial Years Applicable 

The grant for FY21 includes the FY22 opportunity.  There will be no grant in FY22. 

Allocation Methodology 

The notional value of performance rights granted to Executive KMP and other executives is 
determined on a face value basis using a volume-weighted average price for Super Retail Group 
shares traded on the ASX over a period of five trading days.  Usually, the five-day period starts 
from the day following the release of the Group’s results for the preceding reporting period. 
Following discussions with shareholders, the Board determined that the FY21 grant, should be 
based on the average over the five trading days following the trading update on 31 July 2020.  

Performance Period 

For the FY21 grant, the performance period is the two-year period of the Medium-Term Business 
Plan i.e. the combined FY21 and FY22 period. 

Performance Hurdles 

The FY21 LTI grants are in two equal tranches, half measured against Normalised Profit Before Tax  
(NPBT) over the performance period and the remainder measured against normalised Return on 
Capital (ROC) averaged over the performance period. 

Due to the market sensitive nature of the targets, the Board will disclose the minimum and 
maximum performance targets at the end of the performance period, once the outcome has been 
finalised. 

For the FY21 grant, 50 per cent of rights vest at the minimum (target) performance level and 100 
per cent of rights vest at the maximum performance target, with vesting between these points on 
a pro-rata basis. 

Vesting Schedule 

a)  NPBT (50 per cent of the Performance Rights) 
The percentage of Performance Rights attributed to the NPBT hurdle that is available to vest, if 
any, will be determined with reference to the Company’s NPBT performance over the 
performance period (from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2022) as set out in the table below. 

NPBT 

Percentage of Performance Rights attributed to NPBT 
hurdle that become ‘Qualified Performance Rights’ and 
are available to vest 

Below minimum performance 

At minimum performance 

Between minimum and 
maximum performance 

At maximum performance 

0% 

50% 

On a pro-rata basis 

100% 

b)  ROC (50 per cent of the Performance Rights) 
The percentage of Performance Rights attributed to the ROC hurdle that is available to vest, if any, 
will be determined with reference to the Company’s ROC performance over the performance 
period (from 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2022) as set out in the table below. 

ROC 

Percentage of Performance Rights attributed to ROC 
hurdle that become ‘Qualified Performance Rights’ and 
are available to vest 

Below minimum performance 

At minimum performance 
Between minimum and 
maximum performance 
At maximum performance 

0% 

50% 

On a pro-rata basis 

100% 

Vesting Period  

For the FY21 grant, if the performance conditions are satisfied within the performance period, the 
performance rights will vest over the subsequent years in accordance with the following schedule:  

Time after grant of performance rights: 
Two years 
Three years 
Four years 

Proportion of performance rights that vest: 
1/3rd of performance rights 
1/3rd of performance rights 
1/3rd of performance rights 

Testing 

There is no retesting of performance hurdles under the plan. 

Dividends and Voting Rights 

Performance rights do not carry voting or dividend rights. 

RETENTION ARRANGEMENTS 

There are no retention arrangements in place for KMP other than the normal operation of the remuneration framework outlined above. 

SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

Remuneration  and  other  terms  of  employment  for  ongoing  Executive  KMP  are  formalised  in  service  agreements.   Each  of  these 
agreements provides for participation in STI and LTI arrangements.  All service agreements with Executive KMP may be terminated by 
either party as shown in Table 19. 

Table 19:  Key terms of Executive KMP Service Agreements  

Name 

A M Heraghty 

P A Bradshaw 

A Brandon 

D J Burns 

B L Ward 

G S Williams 

Term of  
agreement 

Ongoing 

Ongoing 

Ongoing 

Ongoing 

Ongoing 

Ongoing 

(1)  Commencement date of KMP service agreement. 

Agreement 
commencement 
date(1) 

Notice period if 
Company terminates   

Notice period 
if executive 
terminates 

Commencement 
date with  
Super Retail Group 

20 February 2019 

12 months 

25 November 2019 

31 March 2018 

3 October 2018 

1 August 2019 

2 April 2019 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

6 months 

9 months 

6 months 

6 months 

3 months 

3 months 

3 months 

27 April 2015 

25 November 2019 

31 March 2018 

3 December 2012 

29 July 2019 

2 April 2019 

Service agreements do not provide for termination payments.  However, service agreements specify the notice period required and 
notes that the executive may be required to work some or all of the notice period, and the Company reserves the right to pay in lieu of 
notice.  Hence maximum termination benefit, other than for cause, is equal to the base salary for the Company notice period detailed 
in Table 19. 

PERIOD OF RESTRAINT 

Executive KMP have post-employment restraints within their service agreements.  After cessation of employment for any reason, the 
employee must not compete with the Company’s relevant specialty retailing businesses (including direct or indirect involvement as a 
principal, agent, partner, employee, shareholder, unit holder, director, trustee, beneficiary, manager, contractor, adviser or financier), 
without first obtaining the consent of the Company in writing. The restraint period is 12 months for all Executive KMP. 

SECURITIES TRADING POLICY/HEDGING 

Plan participants may not enter into any transaction designed to remove the ‘at risk’ aspect of performance rights.  

CLAWBACK POLICY 

There is a Clawback Policy within all Executive Incentive plans. The Board may determine any treatment in relation to an Award, both 
vested and unvested, without limitation, in certain circumstances such as fraud, dishonesty, or breach of obligations (including, without 
limitation, a material misstatement of financial information). The plan document is available on the Group’s website. 

GENDER PAY EQUITY 

The Group is committed to remunerating all team members fairly and equitably.  

In support of gender pay equity, the Group conducts annual gender pay equity reviews. As a result of this review, we are satisfied  no 
systemic issues exist regarding gender pay equity.  In addition, the organisation is monitoring recruitment, performance and reward 
processes  to  ensure  we  deliver  on  our  commitment  to  provide  equitable,  fair  and  consistent  pay  arrangements  to  
team members.   

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
64
64 
64 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

65
65 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

SECTION 7 
SECTION 7 
Non-Executive Director Remuneration 
Non-Executive Director Remuneration 
Arrangements 
Arrangements 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION STRUCTURE 

The Group remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain experienced, qualified Non-Executive Directors and to remunerate 
The Group remuneration strategy is designed to attract and retain experienced, qualified Non-Executive Directors and to remunerate 
appropriately to reflect the responsibilities of the position. Non-Executive Directors receive fees to recognise their contribution to the 
appropriately to reflect the responsibilities of the position. Non-Executive Directors receive fees to recognise their contribution to the 
work of the Board and the associated Committees on which they serve. 
work of the Board and the associated Committees on which they serve. 

The  Nominations  Committee  reviews  the  level  of  fees  annually.  Under  the  current  fee  framework,  Non-Executive  Directors  are 
The  Nominations  Committee  reviews  the  level  of  fees  annually.  Under  the  current  fee  framework,  Non-Executive  Directors  are 
remunerated by way of a base fee, with additional fees paid to the Chairs and members of Committees; namely, the Audit and Risk, 
remunerated by way of a base fee, with additional fees paid to the Chairs and members of Committees; namely, the Audit and Risk, 
and the Human Resources and Remuneration Committees. This reflects the additional time commitment required by the Chairs and 
and the Human Resources and Remuneration Committees. This reflects the additional time commitment required by the Chairs and 
members of these Committees. 
members of these Committees. 

The Board Chair receives an all-inclusive fee and no other fees (e.g. Committee fees) are received.  
The Board Chair receives an all-inclusive fee and no other fees (e.g. Committee fees) are received.  

Fees are inclusive of superannuation contributions required by the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.  
Fees are inclusive of superannuation contributions required by the Superannuation Guarantee legislation.  

Non-Executive Directors may opt each year to receive a proportion of their remuneration in Super Retail Group shares, which would 
Non-Executive Directors may opt each year to receive a proportion of their remuneration in Super Retail Group shares, which would 
be acquired on market.  
be acquired on market.  

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR FEES 

The fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are set out in Table 20 and are annual fees, inclusive of superannuation, unless otherwise 
The fees paid to Non-Executive Directors are set out in Table 20 and are annual fees, inclusive of superannuation, unless otherwise 
stated.   
stated.   

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION CHANGES IN FY21 
NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION CHANGES IN FY21 

There has not been an increase to the base fee for Non-Executive Directors since 2018.  At the 2020 AGM, shareholders approved an 
There has not been an increase to the base fee for Non-Executive Directors since 2018.  At the 2020 AGM, shareholders approved an 
increase in the fee pool from $1.2 million to $1.5 million.  The Board determined that an increase in Committee fees was appropriate 
increase in the fee pool from $1.2 million to $1.5 million.  The Board determined that an increase in Committee fees was appropriate 
effective 28 October 2020 in line with independent market data. 
effective 28 October 2020 in line with independent market data. 

Table 20:  Effective 28 October 2020 
Table 20:  Effective 28 October 2020 

Annual Fees 
Annual Fees 

Board 
Board 

Audit and Risk 
Audit and Risk 
Committee 
Committee 

Human Resources and 
Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee 
Remuneration Committee 

Nomination 
Nomination 
Committee 
Committee 

Chair(1) 
Chair(1) 

Members 
Members 

$313,650 
$313,650 

$141,143 
$141,143 

$35,000 
$35,000 

$15,000 
$15,000 

$35,000 
$35,000 

$15,000 
$15,000 

Nil 
Nil 

Nil 
Nil 

 (1) Committee fees are not paid to the Chair of the Board. 
 (1) Committee fees are not paid to the Chair of the Board. 

Details of the remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors of the Group are set out in Table 21.  

Table 21:  Non-Executive Directors Remuneration calculated in accordance with accounting standards 

Name 

S A Pitkin 

S A Chaplain(1) 

G T Dunne(1) 

P D Everingham(2) 

H L Mowlem 

R A Rowe 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

Former Non-Executive Directors 

D J Eilert (3) 

L K Inman(4) 

Total 

Total 

FY21 

FY20 

FY20 

FY21 

FY20 

Short-term benefits 

Post- employment 

Total 

Cash salary 
and fees 
$ 

Cash 
bonus 
$ 

Non- monetary 
benefits 
$ 

Superannuation 
$ 

Total 
$ 

313,650 

313,650 

141,127 

32,720 

141,127 

32,720 

165,744 

147,163 

170,152 

151,729 

128,898 

128,898 

86,120 

156,716 

51,550 

1,146,818 

1,015,146 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

13,407 

3,108 

13,407 

3,108 

15,746 

13,980 

16,164 

14,414 

12,245 

12,245 

8,181 

14,888 

- 

79,150 

61,743 

313,650 

313,650 

154,534 

35,828 

154,534 

35,828 

181,490 

161,143 

186,316 

166,143 

141,143 

141,143 

94,301 

171,604 

51,550 

1,225,968 

1,076,889 

S A Chaplain and G T Dunne commenced as KMP on 31 March 2020. 

(1) 
(2)  P D Everingham commenced as Chair of the Human Resources & Remuneration Committee from 28 October 2020. 
(3)  D J Eilert commenced as Chair of the Human Resources & Remuneration Committee from 22 October 2019, ceased in the role as Chair of the Human Resources and Remuneration 

Committee with effect from 28 October 2020 and ceased to be a KMP with effect from 31 January 2021.  
L K Inman ceased to be a KMP with effect from 22 October 2019. 

(4) 

Table 22:  Non-Executive Director share holding 

FY21 

Non-Executive Directors 

S A Pitkin 

R A Rowe 

H L Mowlem 

P D Everingham 

S A Chaplain 

G T Dunne 

D J Eilert(2) 

Held at  
27 June 2020 

Purchases 

Entitlement 
Offer 

In lieu of 
dividends (1) 

Other 
changes 

Held at  
26 June 2021 

52,153 

68,179,269 

30,000 

40,000 

- 

- 

15,500 

- 

- 

- 

- 

5,000 

8 

- 

7,452 

326,980 

4,286 

- 

- 

- 

2,215 

- 

11,474 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(17,715) 

59,605 

68,517,723 

34,286 

40,000 

5,000 

8 

- 

Shareholders are eligible to receive dividends in cash or choose to participate in the dividend reinvestment plan. 

(1) 
(2)  D J Eilert ceased as KMP therefore shares disclosed as KMP become nil. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66
66 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

 REMUNERATION REPORT 
(AUDITED) 

67
67 

REPORTING  PERIOD 
ENDED 26 JUNE 2021 

MINIMUM SECURITIES HOLDING POLICY 

The Minimum Securities Holding Policy is available on the Group’s website. Non-Executive Directors are required to acquire within 
five years of their appointment, and hold thereafter, securities to the value of their base fee.  

SECTION 8 
Remuneration Governance 

NO PERFORMANCE BASED FEES 

Non-Executive Directors do not receive performance-related remuneration. 

NO TERMINATION PAYMENTS 

Non-Executive  Directors  are  not  eligible  for  termination  payments  on  resignation  or  retirement  from  the  Board  or  to  receive 
retirement benefits other than legislated requirements such as the Superannuation Guarantee in Australia. 

RETIREMENT BENEFITS 

Retirement benefits for Non-Executive Directors are provided only to the extent required by legislation. 

LOANS TO KMP AND THEIR RELATED PARTIES 

There are no loans to KMP and their related parties as at 26 June 2021 and no loans were made during the financial year. 

OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH KMP 

Dividends paid to KMP as shareholders in the reporting period amounted to $36,125,381 (FY20: $17,135,677). Other payments made 
to Non-Executive Director R A Rowe in the form of store lease payments during the reporting period amounted to $9,553,918 (FY20: 
$9,611,168). Rent payable at year-end was nil (FY20: $750,802). Rent on properties is negotiated on an arm’s length basis. There were 
no other transactions with KMP during the reporting period.  No other KMP held positions in other companies that transacted with 
the Group in the reporting period. 

INSURANCE OF OFFICERS 

During  the  financial  year,  the  Group  has  paid  premiums  to  ensure  the  directors,  officers,  and  certain  managers  of  the  Group  as 
permitted by its Constitution and the Corporations Act 2001. The policy prohibits disclosure of details of the insurance cover and the 
premiums paid.   

The liabilities insured are legal  costs that may be incurred in defending civil or criminal proceedings that may be brought against the 
officers in their capacity as officers of entities in the Group, and any other payments arising from liabilities incurred by the officers in 
connection  with  such  proceedings,  other  than  where  such  liabilities  arise  out  of  conduct  involving  a  willful  breach  of  duty  by  the 
officers or the improper use by the officers of their position or of information to gain advantage for themselves or someone else or to 
cause detriment to the Group. It is not possible to apportion the premium between amounts relating to the insurance against legal 
costs and those relating to other liabilities. 

Consistent with the provisions of the Constitution, the Group has also entered into deeds of access, indemnity and insurance with all 
directors, officers, and certain managers of the Group which provide indemnities against the full amount of any liabilities, costs and 
expenses (including legal fees) incurred in their roles, subject to certain exclusions, including to the extent that such indemnity is 
prohibited by the Corporates Act 2001 or other applicable law. 

 The Board’s role, as set out in the Board Charter, includes responsibility to approve and oversee the strategic direction of the Group, 
to appoint the Group MD and CEO and to monitor the governance, management and performance of the Group. 

The  Board  is  supported  through  three  standing  Board Committees,  specifically  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee,  the  Nomination 
Committee and the Human Resources and Remuneration Committee. 

Each Committee has its own Charter setting out its role and responsibilities, composition and how it will operate. 

The  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  will  liaise  with  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee,  as  necessary,  relating  to  risk, 
policies and framework relating to KMP remuneration. 

The  Corporate Governance Statement (available on the Group’s website) provides further information about the role of the Human 
Resources and Remuneration Committee (the Committee). The membership of the Committee is noted in Section 1 of the Directors’ 
report, as is the number of meetings and individual attendance during the period ended 26 June 2021. 

The Board Charter, and the Charters for each Board Committee are also available in the Corporate Governance section of the Group’s 
website.    The  Charter  for  the  Human  Resources  and  Remuneration  Committee  includes  the  objectives  of  the  Remuneration 
framework. 

Table 23: Governance framework 

Board 

Human Resources and  
Remuneration Committee 

Remuneration Advisors 

The Board approves the company-wide 
remuneration strategy, policy and 
framework.  The Board must satisfy 
itself that these arrangements are 
consistent with the Company’s 
purpose, statement of values, code of 
conduct, strategic objectives and 
Board’s Risk Appetite Statement. 

The Board reviews and approves (as 
appropriate) the Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee 
recommendations. The Board is 
responsible for evaluating the 
performance and determining the 
remuneration of the Group MD and 
CEO and senior executives. 

The Human Resources and 
Remuneration Committee reviews and 
makes recommendations to the Board 
in relation to the overall human 
resources and remuneration practices 
of the Group. This includes, but is not 
limited to, supporting and advising the 
Board in relation to the Group’s human 
resources strategy including human 
resources policies; remuneration 
policies; health and safety; talent 
management; and otherwise assisting 
the Board to comply with legal and 
statutory requirements in respect of 
human resources and remuneration 
matters. 

The Human Resources and 
Remuneraiton Committee operates 
independently of senior executives and 
engages directly with remuneration 
advisors. The requirements for external 
advisors’ services are assessed annually 
in the context of remuneration matters 
that the Committee is required to 
address. 

During FY21, the Board received 
market benchmark data from external 
remuneration advisers but did not 
receive remuneration 
recommendations as defined in the 
Corporations Act.   

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
68

68

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

69
69 

2020 
$m 

2,825.2 
0.2 

2,825.4 

Notes 

5 

2021 
$m 

3,453.1 
0.4 

3,453.5 

(1,797.2) 

(1,555.1) 

(438.7) 
(102.5) 
(213.3) 
(433.0) 
(41.0) 
(0.2) 

(371.2) 
(79.1) 
(204.9) 
(403.6) 
(55.1) 
(0.6) 

(3,025.9) 

(2,669.6) 

427.6 

(126.6) 

301.0 

301.0 

2.5 
1.3 
(0.3) 

3.5 

304.5 

155.8 

(45.6) 

110.2 

110.2 

(1.3) 
2.3 
(1.5) 

(0.5) 

109.7 

6 
6 

14 

19 
19 
19 

CONTINUING OPERATIONS 
Revenue from continuing operations 
Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Expenses 
Cost of sales of goods 
Other expenses from ordinary activities 
  - selling and distribution 
  - marketing 
  - occupancy 
  - administration 
Net finance costs  
Share of net loss of associates and joint ventures 

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Profit for the period is attributable to: 

Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Gains / (losses) on cash flow hedges 
Hedging losses reclassified to profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 

Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period is attributable to: 

Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

304.5 

109.7 

Earnings per share for profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of 
the Company: 
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

17 
17 

133.4 
132.1 

55.8 
55.3 

The above consolidated statement of comprehensive income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.  

Financial  
Report

F O R   T H E   Y E A R   E N D E D   
2 6   J U N E   2 0 2 1

Super Retail Group Limited 
ABN: 81 108 676 204 
ASX Code: SUL

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
70
70 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

71
71 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET 
As at 26 June 2021 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Right-of-use assets 
Deferred tax assets 

Other financial assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions 

Derivative financial instruments 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 

Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained earnings 

TOTAL EQUITY 

Notes 

7 
8 
16 

9 
10 
11 
14 

24(b) 

12 
11 
14 
15 

16 

13 
11 

15 

18 
19 
19 

2021 
$m 

242.3 
38.4 
696.4 
3.6 

980.7 

219.9 
866.9 
894.3 
4.7 

6.1 

1,991.9 

2,972.6 

563.4 
193.9 
69.5 
97.0 

- 

923.8 

- 
795.7 

26.6 

822.3 

1,746.1 

1,226.5 

740.7 
17.6 
468.2 

1,226.5 

2020 
$m 

285.1 
26.3 
502.4 
- 

813.8 

227.8 
874.3 
848.0 
4.9 

6.3 

1,961.3 

2,775.1 

442.3 
178.4 
17.1 
111.1 

1.9 

750.8 

247.8 
760.9 

24.3 

1,033.0 

1,783.8 

991.3 

698.1 
7.5 
285.7 

991.3 

The above consolidated balance sheet should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Contributed  
Equity 

Reserves 

Retained 
Earnings 

Total 

Non-
Controlling 
Interests 

Total 
Equity 

$m 

$m 

$m 

$m 

Notes 

$m 

Balance at 29 June 2019 
Change in accounting policy – AASB 16 

Restated total equity at 29 June 2019 

Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs 
Dividends provided for or paid 

Employee performance rights 
Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

18 
22 

19 
24(a) 

Balance at 27 June 2020 

Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive loss for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Transactions with owners in  
their capacity as owners 
Contributions of equity, net of transaction costs 

Dividends provided for or paid 
Employee performance rights 

18 

22 
19 

542.3 

- 

542.3 

- 
- 

- 

155.8 
- 

- 
- 

155.8 

698.1 

- 
- 

- 

42.6 
- 
- 

42.6 

$m 

8.2 

- 

8.2 

- 
(0.5) 

(0.5) 

- 
- 

0.2 
(0.4) 

(0.2) 

7.5 

- 
3.5 

3.5 

265.9 

(34.2) 

231.7 

110.2 
- 

110.2 

- 
(56.2) 

- 
- 

(56.2) 

285.7 

301.0 
- 

301.0 

816.4 

(34.2) 

782.2 

110.2 
(0.5) 

109.7 

155.8 
(56.2) 

0.2 
(0.4) 

99.4 

991.3 

301.0 
3.5 

304.5 

- 
- 
6.6 

6.6 

- 
(118.5) 
- 

(118.5) 

42.6 
(118.5) 
6.6 

(69.3) 

Balance at 26 June 2021 

740.7 

17.6 

468.2 

1,226.5 

The above consolidated statement of changes in equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

(0.4) 

- 

(0.4) 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
0.4 

0.4 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

816.0 

(34.2) 

781.8 

110.2 
(0.5) 

109.7 

155.8 
(56.2) 

0.2 
- 

99.8 

991.3 

301.0 
3.5 

304.5 

42.6 
(118.5) 
6.6 

(69.3) 

1,226.5 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
72
72 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Receipts from customers (inclusive of goods and services tax) 

Payments to suppliers and employees (inclusive of goods and services tax) 

Rental payments 

Income taxes paid 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities 
Payments for property, plant and equipment and computer software 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash acquired 

Net cash (outflow) from investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities 
Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Lease principal payments 

Borrowing costs paid 

Interest paid 

Proceeds from issue of shares, net of transaction costs 

Dividends paid to Company’s shareholders 

Net cash (outflow) from financing activities 

Net increase / (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents  

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period 

Notes 

20 

24(a) 

22 

2021 

$m 

3,823.9 

(3,101.8) 

(46.8) 

(75.3) 

600.0 

(85.0) 

0.5 

- 

(84.5) 

- 

(250.0) 

(188.1) 

(1.1) 

(41.9) 

41.4 

(118.5) 

(558.2) 

(42.7) 

285.1 

(0.1) 

242.3 

2020 

$m 

3,139.0 

(2,436.6) 

(51.1) 

(40.6) 

610.7 

(68.4) 

0.6 

(0.1) 

(67.9) 

963.0 

(1,103.0) 

(171.8) 

(0.2) 

(53.6) 

157.0 

(56.2) 

(264.8) 

278.0 

7.5 

(0.4) 

285.1 

The above consolidated statement of cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

Segment information 
Revenue and other income from continuing operations 
Expenses from continuing operations 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Reporting entity 
Summary of significant accounting policies 
Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Basis of Preparation 
1. 
2. 
3. 
Group Performance 
4. 
5. 
6. 
Assets and Liabilities 
Trade and other receivables 
7. 
Inventories 
8. 
Property, plant and equipment 
9. 
Intangible assets 
10. 
Leases 
11. 
Trade and other payables 
12. 
Borrowings 
13. 
Income taxes 
14. 
Provisions 
15. 
16. 
Financial assets and financial liabilities 
Capital Structure, Financing and Risk Management 
17. 
18. 
19. 
20. 
21. 
22. 
Group Structure 
23. 
24. 
25. 
26. 
27. 
Other 
28. 
29. 
30. 
31. 
32. 
33. 
34. 

Key management personnel disclosures 
Share-based payments 
Remuneration of auditors 
Contingencies 
Commitments 
Net tangible asset backing 
Events occurring after balance date 

Related party transactions 
Business combinations 
Deed of cross guarantee 
Parent entity financial information 
Investments in controlled entities 

Earnings per share 
Contributed equity 
Reserves and retained earnings 
Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities 
Financial risk management 
Capital management 

73
73 

74 
74 
77 

78 
81 
81 

83 
84 
84 
86 
89 
91 
91 
92 
96 
98 

101 
102 
103 
104 
105 
111 

112 
113 
114 
116 
117 

118 
118 
120 
120 
120 
121 
121 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
74
74 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

75
75 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

1. 

Reporting entity 

Super Retail Group Limited (the Company or parent entity) is a company domiciled in Australia.  The address of the Company’s registered 
office and principal place of business is 6 Coulthards Avenue, Strathpine, Queensland. 

The  consolidated  annual  financial  report  of  the  Company  as  at  and  for  the  period  ended  26  June  2021  comprises:  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries (together referred to as the Group, and individually as Group entities). 

The Group is a for-profit entity and is primarily involved in the retail industry.  Principal activities of the Group consist of: 
 
 
 

retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
retailing of sporting equipment and apparel. 

2. 

Summary of significant accounting policies 

This section sets  out the  principal accounting policies  upon  which the  Group’s consolidated financial statements are prepared as  a whole.  
Specific  accounting  policies  are  described  in  their  respective  Notes  to  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements.    These  policies  have  been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

(a) 

Basis of preparation 

Statement of compliance 
This  general  purpose  financial  report  has  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  Australian  Accounting  Standards,  other  authoritative 
pronouncements of the Australian Accounting Standards Board, Urgent Issues Group Interpretations and the Corporations Act 2001.  

The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of Super Retail Group Limited comply with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.   

Basis of measurement 
These financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, unless otherwise stated. 

(b) 

Principles of consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by Super Retail Group Limited as at 26 June 
2021 and the results of its controlled entities for the period then ended.  The effects of all transactions between entities in the consolidated 
Group are fully eliminated.   

Transactions eliminated on consolidation 

(i) 
Intra-group  balances  and  transactions,  and  any  unrealised  income  and  expenses  arising  from  intra-group  transactions,  are  eliminated  in 
preparing the consolidated financial statements. Unrealised losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealised gains, but only to the extent 
that there is no evidence of impairment. 

Subsidiaries 

(ii) 
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities) over which the Group has control.  The Group controls an entity when the Group is 
exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power 
to direct the activities of the entity.  Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group.  These are 
deconsolidated from the date that control ceases. 

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated.  Unrealised losses are 
also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the transferred asset.  Accounting policies of subsidiaries have 
been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. 

Non-controlling  interests  in  the  results  and  equity  of  subsidiaries  are  shown  separately  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  comprehensive 
income, balance sheet and statement of changes in equity respectively. 

Business combinations 

(iii) 
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations (refer Note 24 - Business combinations), regardless of 
whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired.  The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the fair 
value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Group.  The consideration transferred also includes 
the fair value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.  Acquisition-
related costs are expensed as incurred.  Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination 
are, with limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values as at the acquisition date.  On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group 
recognises  any  non-controlling  interest  in  the  acquiree  either  at  fair  value  or  at  the  non-controlling  interest’s  proportionate  share  of  the 
acquiree’s net identifiable assets. 

2. 

(b) 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Principles of consolidation (continued) 

Business combinations (continued) 

(iii) 
The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition-date fair value of 
any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill.  If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of the subsidiary acquired, the difference is recognised 
directly in profit or loss as a bargain purchase. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to their present value as 
at the date of exchange.  The discount rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar borrowing could 
be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms and conditions. 

Contingent  consideration  is  classified  either  as  equity  or  a  financial  liability.    Amounts  classified  as  a  financial  liability  are  subsequently 
remeasured to fair value with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.  

Investments in associates and joint ventures 

(iv) 
Associates and joint ventures are entities over which the Group has significant influence or joint control but not control.  They are accounted 
for using the equity method (see (v) below), after initially being recognised at cost in the consolidated balance sheet. 

Equity method 

(v) 
Under the equity method of accounting, the investments are initially recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter to recognise the Group’s 
share of the post-acquisition profits or losses of the investee in profit or loss, and the Group’s share of movements in other comprehensive 
income of the investee in other comprehensive income.  Dividends received or receivable from associates and joint ventures are recognised 
as a reduction in the carrying amount of the investment. 

When the Group’s share of losses in an equity-accounted investment equals or exceeds its interest in the entity, including any other unsecured 
long-term receivables, the Group does not recognise further losses, unless it has incurred obligations or made payments on behalf of the 
other entity. 

Unrealised gains on transactions between the Group and its associates and joint ventures are eliminated to the extent of the Group’s interest 
in these entities.  Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of an impairment of the asset transferred.  
Accounting policies of equity accounted investees have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by 
the Group. 

Changes in ownership interests 

(vi) 
The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with equity owners of the 
Group.  A change in ownership interest results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts of the controlling and non-controlling interests 
to reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary.  Any difference between the amount of the adjustment to non-controlling interests and 
any consideration paid or received is recognised in a separate reserve within equity attributable to the owners of Super Retail Group Limited.  

When the Group ceases to consolidate or equity account for an investment because of a loss of control, joint control or significant influence, 
any retained interest in the entity is remeasured to its fair value with the change in carrying amount recognised in profit or loss. This fair value 
becomes the initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently accounting for the retained interest as an associate, joint venture or 
financial asset. In addition, any amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income in respect of that entity are accounted for as 
if  the  Group  had  directly  disposed  of  the  related  assets  or  liabilities.  This  may  mean  that  amounts  previously  recognised  in  other 
comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.  

If the ownership interest in a joint venture or an associate is reduced but joint control or significant influence is retained, only a proportionate 
share of the amounts previously recognised in other comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.  

Comparatives 

(vii) 
Where applicable, various comparative balances have been reclassified to align with current period presentation.  These amendments have 
no material impact on the consolidated financial statements. 

(c) 

Foreign currency translation 

Functional and presentation currency 

(i) 
Items  included  in  the  financial  statements  of  each  of  the  Group’s  entities  are  measured  using  the  currency  of  the  primary  economic 
environment  in  which  the  entity  operates  (‘the  functional  currency’).    The  consolidated  financial  statements  are  presented  in  Australian 
dollars, which is Super Retail Group Limited’s functional and presentation currency. 

Transactions and balances 

(ii) 
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions.  
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at year-end exchange rates of 
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss, except when deferred in equity as qualifying 
cash flow hedges and qualifying net investment hedges. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76
76 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

77
77 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

2. 

(c) 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

Foreign currency translation (continued) 

Transactions and balances (continued) 

(ii) 
Translation differences on non-monetary items such as equities held at fair value through profit or loss, are reported as part of the fair value 
gain or loss.  Translation differences on non-monetary items, such as equities classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, 
are included in the fair value reserve in other comprehensive income. 

Group companies 

(iii) 
The  results  and  financial  position  of  all  the  Group  entities  (none  of  which  has  the  currency  of  a  hyperinflationary  economy)  that  have  a 
functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows: 

  assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that statement of 

 

financial position; 
income and expenses for each income statement are translated at average exchange rates (unless this is not a reasonable approximation 
of the cumulative effect of the rates prevailing on the transaction dates, in which case income and expenses are translated at the dates 
of the transactions); and  

  all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component in other comprehensive income. 

(d) 

Goods and Services Tax 

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax, except where the amount of goods and services 
tax incurred is not recoverable.  In these circumstances the goods and services tax is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset 
or as part of the item of expense. Receivables and payables in the consolidated statement of financial position are shown inclusive of goods 
and services tax. 

2. 

(g) 

Summary of significant accounting policies (continued) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group (continued) 

As a result of this change in accounting policy, the Group has determined that costs totalling $5.4 million relating to the implementation of 
SaaS  arrangements  should  have  been  expensed  when  they  were  incurred,  as  the  amounts  were  paid  to  the  suppliers  of  the  SaaS 
arrangements, other third parties, or employees who did not create separate intangible assets controlled by the Group, or were paid to the 
suppliers of the SaaS arrangements who did not significantly customise the cloud-based software for the Group.  In addition, the Group also 
reclassified costs of $1.3 million paid to the suppliers of the SaaS arrangements to significantly customise the cloud-based software for the 
Group, from intangible assets to prepayments. 

The reclassification of costs has been recorded during the current period ended 26 June 2021 with $5.4 million recognised in the consolidated 
statement of comprehensive income and $1.3 million reclassified to prepayments.  Included in the costs totalling $5.4 million is an amount 
of $4.0 million relating to prior years, the tax effect of which is $1.2 million.  The costs in relation to the prior period were individually and in 
aggregate not material from a quantitative and qualitative perspective. 

(h) 

Impact of standards issued but not yet applied by the Group 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for the 26 June 2021 reporting period 
and have not been early adopted by the Group.  These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Group in the current or 
future reporting periods or on foreseeable future transactions.  

3. 

Critical accounting estimates and judgements 

Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future 
events that may have a financial impact on the Group and that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. 

Cash  flows  are  presented  on  a  gross  basis.    The  GST  components  of  cash  flows  arising  from  investing  or  financing  activities  which  are 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow. 

(a) 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future.  The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the 
related actual results.  The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts 
of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are included in the following Notes to the consolidated financial statements:  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

Note 7 – Trade and other receivables; 
Note 8 – Inventories; 
Note 9 – Property, plant and equipment; 
Note 10 – Intangible assets; 
Note 11 – Leases; 
Note 12 – Trade and other payables; 
Note 15 – Provisions; 
Note 24 – Business combinations; 
Note 29 – Share-based payments. 

(e) 

Rounding of amounts 

The economic entity is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191, issued by 
the  Australian  Securities and Investments Commission,  relating  to the  ‘rounding  off’ of  amounts in  the financial report.   Amounts  in the 
financial report have been rounded off in accordance with that instrument to the nearest hundred thousand dollars. 

(f) 

Financial year 

As allowed under Section 323D(2) of the Corporations Act 2001, the Directors have determined the financial year to be a fixed period of 52 
calendar or 53 calendar weeks.  For the period to 26 June 2021, the Group is reporting on the 52 week period that began 28 June 2020 and 
ended 26 June 2021.  For the period to 27 June 2020, the Group is reporting on the 52 week period that began 30 June 2019 and ended 27 
June 2020.   

(g) 

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 

The following new accounting standards and amendments to accounting standards became applicable in the current reporting period: 

AASB 2018-7 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Definition of Material [AASB 101 and AASB 108] 
AASB 2018-6 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Definition of a Business [AASB 3] 
AASB 2019-3 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Interest Rate Benchmark Reform [AASB 9, AASB 139 and AASB 7] 
AASB 2019-5 Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards – Disclosure of the Effect of New IFRS Standards Not Yet issued in Australia 
[AASB 1054] 
Conceptual  Framework  for  Financial  Reporting  and  AASB  2019-1  Amendments  to  Australian  Accounting  Standards  –  References  to  the 
Conceptual Framework 

The amendments listed above did not have any impact on the amounts recognised in prior periods and are not expected to significantly affect 
the current or future periods. 

Change in accounting policy 
The Group previously capitalised costs incurred in configuring or customising Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements as intangible assets, 
as  the  Group  considered  that  it  would  benefit  from  those  costs  to  implement  the  SaaS  arrangements  over  the  renewable  term  of  the 
arrangements. Following the IFRS Interpretations Committee agenda decision on Configuration or Customisation Costs in a Cloud Computing 
Arrangement in March 2021, the Group has reconsidered its accounting treatment and adopted the treatment set out in the IFRS IC agenda 
decision, which is to recognise those costs as intangible assets only if the implementation activities create an intangible asset that the Group 
controls and the intangible asset meets the recognition criteria. Costs that do not result in intangible assets are expensed as incurred, unless 
they are paid to the suppliers of the SaaS arrangement to significantly customise the cloud-based software for the Group, in which case the 
costs are recorded as a prepayment for services and amortised over the expected renewable term of the arrangement. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78
78 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

79
79 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

4. 

(a) 

Segment information 

Description of segments 

Management have determined the operating segments based on the reports reviewed by the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive 
Officer that are used to make strategic decisions.  No operating segments have been aggregated to form the below reportable operating 
segments. This results in the following business segments: 

Supercheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
rebel: retailing of sporting equipment and apparel; 
BCF: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

(b) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer 

Detailed below is the information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer for reportable segments. Items not 
included in Normalised Net Profit After Tax (Normalised NPAT), and excluded from the calculation of Segment EBITDA and Segment EBIT, are 
one-off charges relating to business restructuring, non-continuing operations and other costs not considered part of normal operations.  

Other items not included in total segment NPAT are determined by management based on their nature and size.  They are items of income 
or expense which are, either individually or in aggregate, material to the Group or to the relevant business segment but are not in the ordinary 
course of business (for example reorganisations), or are part of the ordinary activities of the business but are unusual due to their size and 
nature (for example professional fees in relation to remediation activities). 

For the period ended 26 June 2021 

SCA 
$m 

rebel 
$m 

BCF 
$m 

Macpac 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue 
Inter segment sales 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other income 
Segment EBITDA(1) 
Segment depreciation and amortisation(2) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT  
Segment income tax expense(3) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(4) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 

1,308.8 
- 
- 
1,308.8 
315.7 

(111.5) 
204.2 
(11.9) 
192.3 

1,197.0 
- 
0.1 
1,197.1 
285.9 

(105.9) 
180.0 
(13.3) 
166.7 

797.7 
- 
- 
797.7 
167.1 

(61.9) 
105.2 
(8.8) 
96.4 

149.6 
3.8 
0.2 
153.6 
35.7 

(17.6) 
18.1 
(1.2) 
16.9 

3,453.1 
3.8 
0.3 
3,457.2 
804.4 

(296.9) 
507.5 
(35.2) 
472.3 

- 
(3.8) 
0.1 
(3.7) 
(28.2) 

(2.5) 
(30.7) 
(5.8) 
(36.5) 

Profit for the period  

Segment Assets and Liabilities 
Inventory 
Trade payables 
Net inventory investment 

Footnote item 

Execution costs to complete remediation 
Equity accounted losses – Autoguru 
Provision reversals from previous years 

276.2 
(219.3) 
56.9 

191.4 
(96.3) 
95.1 

186.9 
(68.4) 
118.5 

42.4 
(5.7) 
36.7 

696.9 
(389.7) 
307.2 

(0.5) 
(59.2) 
(59.7) 

(1) Segment EBITDA 
adjusted for 

(2) Segment D&A 
adjusted for 

$m 

8.8 
0.2 
(0.8) 

8.2 

$m 

- 
- 
- 

- 

(3) Segment 
income tax 
adjusted for 
$m 

(4) Other items not 
included in total 
segment NPAT 
$m 

2.6 
- 
(0.2) 

2.4 

6.2 
0.2 
(0.6) 

5.8 

3,453.1 
- 
0.4 
3,453.5 
776.2 

(299.4) 
476.8 
(41.0) 
435.8 
(129.0) 
306.8 
(5.8) 

301.0 

301.0 

696.4 
(448.9) 
247.5 

4. 

(b) 

Segment information (continued) 

Segment information provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer (continued) 

For the period ended 27 June 2020 

SCA 
$m 

rebel 
$m 

BCF 
$m 

Macpac 
$m 

Total 
continuing 
operations  
$m 

Inter-
segment 
eliminations/ 
unallocated 
$m 

Consolidated 
$m 

1,119.7 
- 
1,119.7 
242.0 

(100.4) 
141.6 
(12.4) 
129.2 

Segment Revenue and Other Income 
External segment revenue 
Other income 
Total segment revenue and other income 
Segment EBITDA(1) 
Segment depreciation and amortisation(2) 
Segment EBIT result  
Net finance costs 
Total segment NPBT  
Segment income tax expense(3) 
Normalised NPAT 
Other items not included in the total segment NPAT(4) 
Profit for the period attributable to:  
     Owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Profit for the period  

1,038.6 
0.1 
1,038.7 
205.1 

(94.5) 
110.6 
(14.6) 
96.0 

535.0 
0.1 
535.1 
79.3 

(55.9) 
23.4 
(8.4) 
15.0 

131.9 
- 
131.9 
25.0 

(17.3) 
7.7 
(1.9) 
5.8 

2,825.2 
0.2 
2,825.4 
551.4 

(268.1) 
283.3 
(37.3) 
246.0 

- 
- 
- 
(18.2) 

(0.1) 
(18.3) 
(17.8) 
(36.1) 

Segment Assets and Liabilities 
Inventory 
Trade payables 
Net inventory investment 

189.8 
(177.0) 
12.8 

140.1 
(68.8) 
71.3 

128.9 
(55.7) 
73.2 

43.6 
(5.7) 
37.9 

502.4 
(307.2) 
195.2 

- 
(28.0) 
(28.0) 

2,825.2 
0.2 
2,825.4 
533.2 

(268.2) 
265.0 
(55.1) 
209.9 
(61.7) 
148.2 
(38.0) 

110.2 

110.2 

502.4 
(335.2) 
167.2 

Footnote item 
Team member underpayment remediation 

Execution costs to complete remediation 
Accelerated asset amortisation to support 
information technology move to cloud 
Support office restructure costs 
Interest rate swaps early termination 
Closure costs of non-core businesses – Infinite 
Retail and Autocrew 
Equity accounted losses – Autoguru 
Provision reversals from previous years 

(1) Segment EBITDA 
adjusted for 

(2) Segment D&A 
adjusted for 

$m 

14.7 

9.7 

13.7 
7.9 
6.0 

2.8 
0.6 
(1.3) 

54.1 

$m 

- 

- 

13.7 
- 
- 

0.3 
- 
- 

14.0 

(3) Segment 
income tax 
adjusted for 
$m 

(4) Other items not 
included in total 
segment NPAT 
$m 

4.4 

2.9 

4.1 
2.4 
1.8 

0.8 
- 
(0.3) 

16.1 

10.3 

6.8 

9.6 
5.5 
4.2 

2.0 
0.6 
(1.0) 

38.0 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80
80 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

81
81 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

4. 

(c) 

Segment information (continued) 

Other information 

Revenue is attributable to the country on which the sale of goods has transacted.  The Group’s divisions are operated in two main geographical 
areas with the following areas of operation: 

Australia (the home country of the parent entity) 
Supercheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; 
rebel: retailing of sporting equipment and apparel; 
BCF: retailing of boating, camping, outdoor equipment, fishing equipment and apparel; and 
Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

New Zealand 
Supercheap Auto (SCA):  retailing of auto parts and accessories, tools and equipment; and 
Macpac: retailing of apparel, camping and outdoor equipment. 

Total revenue and other income from continuing operations 

(i) 
Australia 

New Zealand 

Total non-current assets 

(ii) 
Australia 
New Zealand 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 

3,234.6 

218.9 

3,453.5 

1,791.1 
200.8 

1,991.9 

2020 
$m 

2,644.7 

180.7 

2,825.4 

1,765.0 
196.3 

1,961.3 

Segment reporting 
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Group Managing Director and Chief 
Executive Officer, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments.  Unallocated items 
comprise mainly corporate assets (primarily the Support Office, Support Office expenses, and income tax assets and liabilities). 

5. 

Revenue and other income from continuing operations 

Revenue from the sale of goods 

Other income 

Sundry 

Total revenues and other income 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 
3,453.1 

0.4 

3,453.5 

2020 
$m 
2,825.2 

0.2 

2,825.4 

Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised when a Group entity sells a product to the customer.  

Sale of goods – retail 
Revenue associated with the sale of goods is recognised when the performance obligation of the sale has been fulfilled and control of the 
goods has transferred to the customer, which occurs at the point of sale when the goods are collected or delivered. 

Gift cards are considered a prepayment for goods and services to be delivered in the future.  The Group has an obligation to transfer the 
goods  or  services  in  the  future,  creating  a  performance  obligation.    The  Group  recognises  deferred  revenue  for  the  amount  of  the 
prepayment and recognises revenue when the customer redeems the gift card and the Group fulfils the performance obligation related 
to the transaction or likelihood of the gift card being redeemed by the customer is deemed remote. 

It is the Group’s policy to sell its products to the end customer with a right of return. Therefore, a refund liability (included in trade and 
other  payables)  and  a  right  to  the  returned  goods  (included  in  other  current  assets)  are  recognised  for  the  products  expected  to  be 
returned. Accumulated experience is used to estimate such returns at the time of sale at a portfolio level (expected value method). As the 
number  of  products  returned  has  been  steady  for  years,  it  is  highly  probable  that  a  significant  reversal  in  the  cumulative  revenue 
recognised will not occur. The validity of this assumption and the estimated amount of returns are reassessed at each reporting date.  

The Group’s obligation to repair or replace faulty products under standard warranty terms is recognised as a provision.  

Interest income 
Interest income is recognised using the effective interest method.  When a receivable is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying amount 
to  its  recoverable  amount,  being  the  estimated  future  cash  flow  discounted  at  the  original  effective  interest  rate  of  the  instrument.  
Interest income on impaired loans is recognised using the original effective interest rate. 

6. 

Expenses from continuing operations 

Profit before income tax includes the following specific gains and expenses: 
Expenses/(gains) 

Net (gain) / loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Share of net loss from associates and joint ventures 

Depreciation 

Right-of-use assets 
Plant and equipment 
Motor vehicles 
Computer equipment 

Total depreciation 

Amortisation and impairment 

Computer software amortisation 
Right-of-use asset impairment 

Total amortisation and impairment 

2021 
$m 

(0.2) 
0.2 

191.9 
54.1 
0.0 
15.4 

261.4 

38.0 
0.9 

38.9 

2020 
$m 

(0.6) 
0.6 

180.2 
41.9 
0.1 
13.9 

236.1 

46.1 
- 

46.1 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
82
82 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

83
83 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

6. 

Expenses from continuing operations (continued) 

7. 

Trade and other receivables 

Profit before income tax includes the following specific gains and expenses: 
Net finance costs 

Interest and finance charges on bank facilities 
Interest on lease liabilities 

Net finance costs 

Employee benefits expense 

Superannuation 
Salaries and wages(1) 

Total employee benefits expense 

(1) Excludes impact of government grant received disclosed below. 

Government grant received 

Australian JobKeeper for Macpac Retail Pty Ltd 
New Zealand wage subsidy for Super Cheap Auto (New Zealand) Pty Limited and Macpac New 
Zealand Limited 
Total government grant revenue 

Rental expense relating to leases 

Lease expenses 

Equipment hire 

Total rental expense relating to leases(2) 

2021 
$m 

5.8 
35.2 

41.0 

43.3 
603.7 

647.0 

- 

- 

- 

41.3 

3.6 

44.9 

2020 
$m 

17.8 
37.3 

55.1 

39.3 
544.4 

583.7 

(1.6) 

(4.9) 

(6.5) 

47.3 

3.2 

50.5 

(2) The impact of applying AASB 16 Leases was a decrease of $218.5 million in rental expense to 26 June 2021 (2020: $204.5 million). 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 

Net foreign exchange (gain) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 
Refer to Notes 9 and 10 for details on depreciation, amortisation and impairment. 

(5.1) 

(7.7) 

Finance costs 
Finance costs are recognised in the period in which these are incurred and are expensed in the period to which the costs relate.  Generally 
costs  such as discounts and premiums incurred in raising borrowings are amortised  on an  effective  yield basis  over  the period  of  the 
borrowing.  Finance costs include: 
 
  amortisation of discounts or premiums relating to borrowings; 
  amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in connection with the arrangement of borrowings;  
 
 

interest on bank overdrafts and short-term and long-term borrowings; 

finance lease charges; and 
interest revenue. 

Employee benefits 
Refer to Note 15 for details on employee provisions and superannuation. 

Leases 
Refer to Note 11 for details on leases. 

Foreign exchange gains and losses 
Refer to Note 2 (c) for details on foreign exchange gains and losses. 

Government grants 
Government grants relating to costs are deferred and recognised in profit or loss over the period necessary to match them with the costs 
that they are intended to compensate. 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Loss allowance 

Net trade receivables 

Other receivables 
Prepayments 

Net current trade and other receivables 

(a) 

Impaired trade receivables 

2021 
$m 

15.0 
(0.4) 

14.6 

9.9 
13.9 

38.4 

2020 
$m 
10.9 
(0.5) 

10.4 

7.7 
8.2 

26.3 

As at 26 June 2021 current trade receivables of the Group with a nominal value of $0.4 million (2020: $0.5 million) were impaired and provided 
for. The individually impaired receivables mainly relate to wholesalers with whom the Group no longer trades. 

(b) 

Past due but not impaired 

As at 26 June 2021, trade receivables of $3.9 million (2020: $4.4 million) were past their payment terms but not impaired.  These relate to a 
number of independent customers for whom there is no recent history of default.  The ageing analysis of these trade receivables is as follows: 

30 to 60 days 

60 to 90 days 
90 days and over 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 
2.2 

0.8 
0.9 

3.9 

2020 
$m 
1.6 

0.2 
2.6 

4.4 

Trade receivables 
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold or services performed in the ordinary course of business. This is a minor 
portion of the Group’s revenue.  They are generally due for settlement within 30 days and therefore are all classified as current. Trade 
receivables  are  recognised  initially  at  the  amount  of  consideration  that  is  unconditional  unless  they  contain  significant  financing 
components, when they are recognised at fair value. The Group holds the trade receivables with the objective to collect the contractual 
cash flows and therefore measures them subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest method. Details about the Group’s 
impairment policies and the calculation of the loss allowance are provided in Note 16.  

The Group applies the AASB 9 simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance for 
all trade receivables and contract assets.  

To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables and contract assets have been grouped based on shared credit risk characteristics 
and the days past due. The contract assets relate to unbilled work in progress and have substantially the same risk characteristics as the 
trade receivables for the same types of contracts. The Group has therefore concluded that the expected loss rates for trade receivables 
are a reasonable approximation of the loss rates for the contract assets.  

The expected loss rates are based on the payment profiles of sales over a period of 24 months and the corresponding historical credit 
losses  experienced  within  this  period.  The  historical  loss  rates  are  adjusted  to  reflect  current  and  forward-looking  information  on 
macroeconomic  factors  affecting  the  ability  of  the  customers  to  settle  the  receivables.  The  Group  has  identified  the  GDP  and  the 
unemployment rate of the countries in which it sells its goods and services to be the most relevant factors, and accordingly adjusts the 
historical loss rates based on expected changes in these factors.  

On that basis, the loss allowance as at period end was determined for trade receivables to be minor.  

Prepayments 
Costs paid to suppliers of SaaS arrangements to significantly customise cloud-based software are recorded as a prepayment for services 
and are amortised over the expected renewable term of the arrangement. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Prepayments 
The Group uses judgement to determine whether costs paid to suppliers of SaaS arrangements relate to significant customisation of the 
cloud-based software. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
84
84 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

85
85 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

8. 

Inventories 

9. 

Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Finished goods, at lower of cost or net realisable value 

(a) 

Inventory expense 

2021 
$m 

696.4 

2020 
$m 
502.4 

Inventories recognised as expense during the period ended 26 June 2021 amounted to $1,710.8 million (2020: $1,475.0 million). 

Write-downs of inventories to net realisable value recognised as an expense during the period ended 26 June 2021 amounted to $1.3 million 
(2020: $10.2 million). 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Inventories 
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realisable value.  Costs comprise direct purchase costs and an appropriate proportion 
of supply chain variable and fixed overhead expenditure in bringing them to their existing location and condition.  Costs are assigned to 
individual items of stock on the basis of weighted average costs. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Net realisable value 
Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated cost of completion and the estimated 
costs necessary to make the sale. 

9. 

Property, plant and equipment 

Plant and equipment, at cost 
Less accumulated depreciation 

Net plant and equipment 

Computer equipment, at cost 

Less accumulated depreciation 

Net computer equipment 

Total net property, plant and equipment 

(a) 

Reconciliations 

2021 

$m 

444.4 
(257.0) 

187.4 

87.4 

(54.9) 

32.5 

219.9 

Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of property, plant and equipment are set out below: 

2021 

Carrying amounts at 27 June 2020  

Additions 

Depreciation 

Disposals 

Carrying amounts at 26 June 2021  

Plant and equipment 

$m 

197.2 

44.7 

(54.1) 

(0.4) 

187.4 

Computer 
equipment  
$m 

30.6 

17.3 

(15.4) 

- 

32.5 

2020 

$m 

421.5 
(223.3) 

197.2 

100.6 

(70.0) 

30.6 

227.8 

Total 

$m 

227.8 

62.0 

(69.5) 

(0.4) 

219.9 

2020 

Carrying amounts at 29 June 2019  

Additions 

Depreciation 

Disposals 

Change in accounting policy – AASB 16 

Foreign currency exchange differences 

Carrying amounts at 27 June 2020  

Significant Accounting Policies 

Plant and equipment 

$m 
227.3 

29.7 

(42.0) 

(0.6) 

(17.4) 

0.2 

197.2 

Computer 
equipment  
$m 
40.6 

10.9 

(13.9) 

(0.3) 

(6.7) 

- 

30.6 

Total 

$m 
267.9 

40.6 

(55.9) 

(0.9) 

(24.1) 

0.2 

227.8 

Carrying value 
Property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  historical  cost,  less  any  accumulated  depreciation  or  amortisation.  Historical  costs  include 
expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items. 

Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that 
future economic benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably.  All repairs and 
maintenance are charged to profit or loss during the financial year in which they are incurred. 

Depreciation and amortisation of property, plant and equipment 
Depreciation and amortisation are calculated on a straight-line basis for accounting and on a diminishing value basis for tax.  Depreciation 
and amortisation allocates the cost of an item of property, plant and equipment net of residual values over the expected useful life of each 
asset to the Group.  Estimates of remaining useful lives and residual values are reviewed and adjusted, if appropriate, at each statement of 
financial position date.   

The depreciation rates used for each class of assets are: 

Plant and equipment 

Computer equipment 

6.7% – 25% 

20% – 33.3% 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated 
recoverable amount. 

Gains and losses 
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying amount.  These are included in profit or loss.  When 
revalued assets are sold, it is Group policy to transfer the amounts included in other reserves in respect of those assets to retained earnings. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Impairment 
Assets that are subject to depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount  may  not  be  recoverable.    An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  for  the  amount  by  which  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  exceeds  its 
recoverable amount.  The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value-in-use.  For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
86
86 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

87
87 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

10. 

Intangible assets 

Goodwill, at cost 
Less accumulated impairment charge 

Net goodwill 

Computer software, at cost 
Less accumulated amortisation 

Net computer software 

Brand names, at cost 
Less accumulated amortisation and impairment charge 

Net brand names 

Total net intangible assets 

Reconciliations 

(a) 
Reconciliations of the carrying amounts for each class of intangible asset are set out below: 

2021 
Carrying amounts at 27 June 2020 
Additions 
Disposals 
Amortisation charge 
Change in accounting policy – Cloud computing 
arrangements 

Carrying amounts at 26 June 2021 

2020 
Carrying amounts at 29 June 2019 

Additions 
Amortisation charge(1) 
Change in accounting policy – AASB 16 

Goodwill 
$m 

Computer 
Software 
$m 

526.6 
- 
- 
- 

- 

526.6 

526.5 

0.1 

- 

- 

94.4 
35.0 
(0.1) 
(38.0) 

(4.3) 

87.0 

114.4 

27.5 

(46.1) 

(1.4) 

Carrying amounts at 27 June 2020 
(1) Includes $13.7m of accelerated amortisation on software intangibles as a result of change in useful life assumptions. 

526.6 

94.4 

     2021 

    $m 

528.7 

(2.1) 

526.6 

221.4 
(134.4) 

87.0 

311.8 
(58.5) 

253.3 

866.9 

Brand 
Name 
$m 

253.3 
- 
- 
- 

- 

253.3 

253.3 

- 

- 

- 

253.3 

2020 

$m 

528.7 

(2.1) 

526.6 

262.8 
(168.4) 

94.4 

311.8 
(58.5) 

253.3 

874.3 

Total 
$m 

874.3 
35.0 
(0.1) 
(38.0) 

(4.3) 

866.9 

894.2 

27.6 

(46.1) 

(1.4) 

874.3 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

(b) 

Impairment tests for goodwill (continued) 

The Group tests for goodwill impairment on an annual basis.  The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value-in-use (VIU) 
calculations which require the use of assumptions.  These calculations use cash flow projections based on business plans covering a five-year 
period.  Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using the estimated growth rates stated below.  The terminal growth rate 
does not exceed the historical long-term average growth rate for the business in which the CGU operates. 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 
The key assumptions used in the VIU calculations across each business segment CGU include sales growth, EBITDA margin, long-term growth 
rate and the discount rate.  A pre-tax discount rate of 11.7 per cent (2020: 11.7 per cent) and terminal growth rate of 2.5 per cent (2020: 2.5 
per cent) have been assumed.   Projected sales are based on the business plans described above.  Budgeted EBITDA margin is determined 
based on past performance and expectations for the future. 

The VIU model assumes that the positive COVID-19 trading impact experienced in 2021 will continue for a portion of 2022 and then previously 
experienced revenue and growth will return. 

The  Group  believes  that  the  assumptions  used  in  the  VIU  model  reflect  a  combination  of  the  Group’s  past  experience  and  the  trading 
performance uncertainty associated with COVID-19.  While temporary store closures may impact short term results, these are not expected 
to impact the long-term performance of the Group’s businesses.  

The recoverable amounts of each CGU are estimated to exceed their carrying amounts as at 26 June 2021.  Management do not consider that 
a  reasonably  possible  change  in  any  of  the  key  assumptions  for  any  of  the  CGUs,  would  cause  their  carrying  amounts  to  exceed  their 
recoverable amounts. 

Macpac 
Macpac last year suffered a 35.3 per cent decline in Segment EBITDA (pre-AASB 16).  This was due to the impact of summer bushfires on peak 
trading, a change in promotional strategy generating a delay in price increases and the impact of COVID-19.  The New Zealand mandatory 
store closures drove a 17.5 per cent like-for-like sales decline in the last 14 weeks of the last financial year.  While not impaired, Macpac was 
sensitive to reasonably possible changes in key assumptions in the prior financial year. 

During the current financial year, Macpac has achieved a 42.8 per cent increase in Segment EBITDA compared to the prior comparative period.  
EBITDA margin has increased 4.2  percentage points to 23.2  per  cent.  This growth exceeds  assumptions  used in impairment calculations 
performed last financial year.  Key assumptions used in the VIU calculations this financial year include sales growth (% compound annual 
growth rate over five years) of 7.3 per cent (2020: 7.4 per cent) and pre-AASB 16 Segment EBITDA margin increase of 1.9 percentage points 
(2020: 5.6 percentage points).  If the sales compound growth rate were to decline to 3.4 per cent this would cause the carrying amount of 
the Macpac CGU to exceed its recoverable amount, and if the EBITDA margin rate expansion were to decline 0.6 percentage points, instead 
of increase 1.9 percentage points, then this would also cause the carrying amount of the Macpac CGU to exceed its recoverable amount. 

(c) 

Impairment tests for the useful life for brands 

No amortisation is provided against the carrying value of purchased brand names on the basis that they are considered to have indefinite 
useful lives. 

Key factors taken into account in assessing the useful life of brands were: 
 
 

the strong recognition of brands; and 
the absence of legal, technical or commercial factors indicating that the life should be considered limited. 

(b) 

Impairment tests for goodwill 

The carrying values of the purchased brand names are: 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) identified according to the group of assets at the time of acquisition.  A 
CGU level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below: 

CGU 
Supercheap Auto 
rebel 
BCF 
Macpac 

Total 

2021 
$m 
45.3 

376.6 
25.1 
79.6 

526.6 

2020 
$m 
45.3 

376.6 
25.1 
79.6 

526.6 

Brand 
rebel 
Macpac 

Total 

2021 
$m 
209.0 
44.3 

253.3 

2020 
$m 
209.0 
44.3 

253.3 

Key assumptions used for value-in-use calculations 
Management have applied two key assumptions in the VIU analysis across each business segment CGU, a pre-tax discount rate of 11.7 per 
cent (2020: 11.7 per cent) and terminal growth rate of 2.5 per cent (2020: 2.5 per cent).   Budgeted gross margin is determined based on past 
performance and expectations for the future. 

The recoverable amount of the brand names currently exceed their carrying values.  Management do not consider that a reasonably possible 
change in any of the key assumptions would cause the carrying value of any of the brand names to exceed their recoverable amounts. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
88
88 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

89
89 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the 
acquired subsidiary or business at the date of the acquisition.  Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included  in intangible assets.  
Goodwill is not amortised.  Instead, it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that it might be impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses.  Any impairment is recognised as an expense and is 
not subsequently reversed. 

Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold. 

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.  The allocation is made to those cash-generating units 
or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, identified 
according to operating segments. 

Other intangible assets 
Amortisation is calculated on a straight-line basis.  Estimates of remaining useful lives and residual values are reviewed and adjusted, if 
appropriate, at each statement of financial position date.  The amortisation rates used for each class of intangible assets are as follows: 

Computer software   

Brand names 

10% – 33.3% 

Nil 

Computer software 
Costs incurred in developing products or systems and costs incurred in acquiring software and licences that will contribute to future period 
financial benefits through revenue generation and/or cost reduction are capitalised to software and systems.  Costs capitalised include 
external direct costs of materials and service, direct employee costs and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.  IT development 
costs include only those costs directly attributable to the development phase and are recognised only following completion of technical 
feasibility and where the Group has an intention and ability to use the asset. 

Costs incurred in configuring or customising SaaS arrangements can be recognised only as intangible assets if the implementation activities 
create an intangible asset that the Group controls and the intangible asset meets the recognition criteria. Those costs that do not result in 
intangible assets are expensed as incurred, unless they are paid to the suppliers of the SaaS arrangements to significantly customise the 
cloud-based software for the Group, in which case the costs are recorded as a prepayment for services and amortised over the expected 
renewable term of the arrangement. 

Brand names 
Brand names that are acquired as part of a business combination are recognised separately from goodwill.  These assets are carried at 
their fair value at the date of acquisition less impairment losses.  Brand names are valued using the relief from royalty method.  Brand 
names are determined to have indefinite useful lives and therefore do not attract amortisation. 

Trademarks and licences 
Separately acquired trademarks and licences are shown at historical cost. Trademarks and licences acquired in a business combination are 
recognised at fair value at the acquisition date. Trademarks are amortised over their useful lives. 

Research and development 
Research expenditure is recognised as an expense as incurred.  Costs incurred on development projects (relating to the design and testing 
of new or improved products) are recognised as intangible assets when it is probable that the project will, after considering its commercial 
and technical feasibility, be completed and generate future economic benefits and its costs can be measured reliably.  The expenditure 
capitalised comprises all directly attributable costs, including costs of materials, services, direct labour and an appropriate proportion of 
overheads.  Other development expenditures that do not meet these criteria are recognised as an expense as incurred.  Development 
costs  previously recognised as an  expense are  not recognised  as an  asset in a  subsequent period.   Capitalised  development costs are 
recorded as intangible assets and amortised from the point at which the asset is ready for use. 

Other items of expenditure 
Significant items of expenditure, such as costs incurred in store set-ups, are expensed in the financial year in which these costs are incurred. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Capitalised software costs and useful lives 
The Group has undertaken significant development of software in relation to the multi-channel customer programme and mutli-channel 
supply chain and inventory programme.  The useful lives have been determined based on the intended period of use of this software. 

Capitalised software and SaaS arrangements 
The  Group uses  judgement  to determine  whether  implementation  activities of  SaaS arrangements  create  an intangible asset  that the 
Group controls. 

10. 

Intangible assets (continued) 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions (continued) 

Estimated impairment of indefinite useful life non-financial assets 
The  Group  tests  annually  whether  indefinite  useful  life  non-financial  assets  have  suffered  any  impairment,  in  accordance  with  the 
accounting  policy  stated  above.    The  recoverable  amounts  of  cash-generating  units  have  been  determined  based  on  value-in-use 
calculations.  These calculations require the use of assumptions.  Refer above for details of these assumptions. 

11. 

Leases 

Right-of-use assets 
Properties 

Computer equipment 

Total right-of-use assets 

Lease liabilities 
Current 
Non-current 

Total lease liabilities 

2021 
$m 
893.8 

0.5 

894.3 

193.9 
795.7 

989.6 

2020 
$m 
842.0 

6.0 

848.0 

178.4 
760.9 

939.3 

Additions to the right-of-use assets during the year were $269.0 million (2020: $194.0 million). 

At 26 June 2021, the Group had committed to leases that had not yet commenced.  The Group has estimated that the potential future lease 
payments would result in an increase in undiscounted lease liabilities of $80.5 million.  

Depreciation charge on right-of-use assets 
Properties 

Computer equipment 

Total depreciation charge on right-of-use assets 

Interest expenses (included in Net finance costs) 
Expense relating to short-term leases (included in Occupancy expenses) 
Expense relating to leases of low-value assets (included in Cost of sales of goods and 
Administrative expenses) 
Expense relating to variable lease payments not included in lease liabilities (included in Occupancy 
expenses) 

The total cash outflow for leases during the year were $223.3 million (2020: $209.1 million). 

2021 
$m 
186.4 

5.5 

191.9 

35.2 
12.8 

3.6 

29.7 

2020 
$m 
177.3 

2.9 

180.2 

37.3 
20.0 

3.2 

28.4 

Impact of COVID-19 
In 2020 the Group adopted the practical expedient as permitted in paragraph 46A of AASB 16 Leases and elected not to account for any rent 
concessions granted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic as a lease modification.  The amount recognised in profit or loss due to changes in 
lease payments arising from such concessions was nil during the current period (2020: $2.4 million). 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Leases 
The Group leases various offices, warehouses, retail stores, equipment and cars.  Rental contracts are typically made for fixed periods of 1 
to 20 years but may have extension options as described below.  Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide 
range of different terms and conditions.  The lease agreements do not impose any covenants, but leased assets may not be used as security 
for borrowing purposes. 

Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the 
Group.  Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost.  The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease 
period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each period.  The right-of-use asset 
is depreciated over the shorter of the asset's useful life and the lease term on a straight-line basis. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
90
90 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

91
91 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

11. 

Leases (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Leases (continued) 
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis.  Lease liabilities include the net present value of 
the following lease payments: 
 
 
 
 
 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any lease incentives receivable 
variable lease payments that are based on an index or a rate 
amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value guarantees 
the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise that option, and 
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term reflects the lessee exercising that option. 

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease.  If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental 
borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value 
in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. 

Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following: 
 
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability 
 
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received 
 
any initial direct costs, and 
 
restoration costs. 

Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised on a straight-line basis as an expense in profit 
or loss.  Short-term leases are leases with a lease term of 12 months or less.  Low-value assets comprise small items of office equipment 
and furniture, and other immaterial assets. 

Extension and termination options are included  in a number of property leases across the Group.  These terms are used to maximise 
operational flexibility in terms of managing contracts.  The majority of extension and termination options held are exercisable only by the 
Group and not by the respective lessor. 

Make-good requirements in relation to leased premises 
Make-good costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements are recognised as provisions at the inception of the agreement.  
A corresponding asset is taken up as part of the right-of-use asset at that time.  Expected future payments are discounted using appropriate 
market yields at reporting date.  

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Variable lease payments 
Some property leases contain variable payment terms that are linked to sales generated from a store.  For individual stores, up to 100% 
of lease payments are on the basis of variable payment terms and there is a wide range of sales percentages applied.  Variable payment 
terms are used for a variety of reasons, including minimising the fixed costs base for newly established stores.  Variable lease payments 
that depend on sales are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which the condition that triggers those payments occurs. 

Extension and termination options 
In  determining  the  lease  term,  management  considers  all  facts  and  circumstances  that  create  an  economic  incentive  to  exercise  an 
extension option, or not exercise a termination option.  Extension options (or periods after termination options) are included in the lease 
term only if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). 

Given the uncertainties that exist within the retail market, management currently considers leases with more than three years to expiry 
as  not reasonably certain to be  extended.   A  strategic  store  network review approved  by  the Board,  was performed  during  the  year, 
delivering higher confidence  over  network plans  covering the next three  years, resulting in  option assumptions  being revised for  160 
leases.  This had the impact of increasing lease liabilities and the corresponding right-of-use assets by $135.7 million.  Of the Group’s lease 
portfolio 64% (2020: 65%) of leases contain option renewals.  The lease liability currently includes extension options in the calculation of 
lease term for 25% (2020: 14%) of leases with those options. 

The assessment is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs which affects this assessment and that is 
within the control of the lessee. 

12. 

Trade and other payables 

Current 
Trade payables 
Gift card deferred revenue 
Other payables 

Total current trade and other payables 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 

448.9 
42.5 
72.0 

563.4 

2020 
$m 
335.2 
31.4 
75.7 

442.3 

Trade and other payables 
Trade and other payables are payables for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year and which are 
unpaid at that date.  The amounts are unsecured and are normally  paid within 60 days of recognition.  Trade and  other payables are 
presented as current liabilities unless payment is not due within 12 months from the reporting date.  Refer Note 5 – Revenue and other 
income from continuing operations for the Group’s policy on Gift Cards. 

The Group participates in a supply chain finance program (SCF) under which its suppliers may elect to receive early payment of their invoice 
from a bank by factoring their receivable from the Group. Under the arrangement, a bank agrees to pay amounts to a participating supplier 
in respect of invoices owed by the Group and receives settlement from the Group at a later date. The supplier engages directly with the 
bank.  The principal purpose of this programme is to facilitate efficient payment processing and enable the willing suppliers to sell their 
receivables  due from the Group to  a bank before their due date.  The  Group does not control which suppliers elect to enter  into  the 
arrangement, as this is at the sole discretion of the supplier. 

The Group has not derecognised the original liabilities to which the arrangement applies because neither a legal release was obtained, nor 
was the original liability substantially modified on entering into the arrangement. From the Group’s perspective, the arrangement does 
not significantly extend payment terms beyond the normal terms agreed with other suppliers that are not participating. The Group does 
not  incur  any  additional  interest  towards  the  bank  on  the  amounts  due  to  the  suppliers.  The  Group  therefore  discloses  the  amounts 
factored by suppliers within trade payables because the nature and function of the financial liability remain the same as those of other 
trade payables.  The payments to the bank are included within operating cash flows.  

13. 

Borrowings 

Non-current 
Bank debt funding facility - unsecured(1) 

2021 

$m 
- 

2020 

$m 
247.8 

Total non-current borrowings 

247.8 
(1)Net of borrowing costs capitalised of $2.2 million at 27 June 2020.  Capitalised borrowing costs of $2.0 million as at 26 June 2021 are presented in Trade 

- 

and other receivables as a prepayment (refer note 7). 

(a) 

Reconciliation of liabilities arising from financing activities 

27 June 2020 
$m 

Cash flows 
$m 

Non-cash 
Amortisation  
$m 

Bank debt funding facility 

Capitalised borrowing costs 

Total 

250.0 

(2.2) 

247.8 

(250.0) 

(1.1) 

(251.1) 

- 

1.3 

1.3 

29 June 2019 
$m 

Cash flows 
$m 

Non-cash 
Amortisation  
$m 

Bank debt funding facility 

Capitalised borrowing costs 

Total 

390.0 

(3.0) 

387.0 

(140.0) 

(0.2) 

(140.2) 

- 

1.0 

1.0 

Reclassed to  
Trade and Other 
Receivables 
$m 
- 

2.0 

2.0 

Reclassed to  
Trade and Other 
Receivables 
$m 
- 

- 

- 

26 June 2021 
$m 

- 

- 

- 

27 June 2020 
$m 

250.0 

(2.2) 

247.8 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Borrowings 
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.  Borrowings are subsequently measured at amortised 
cost.  Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in profit or loss over the 
period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
92
92 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

93
93 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

14. 

Income taxes 

Income tax expense 

(a) 
Current tax expense 
Deferred tax (benefit) 
Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Deferred income tax (revenue) included in income tax expense comprises: 
(Increase) in deferred tax assets (Note 14(e)) 

Increase / (decrease) in deferred tax liabilities (Note 14(e)) 

Reconciliation between tax expense and pre-tax profit 

(b) 
Profit before income tax from continuing operations  

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2020: 30%) 

Tax effect of amounts not (taxable) / deductible in calculating taxable income: 
Sundry items 

Difference in overseas tax rates 
Derecognition of tax losses and deferred tax assets 
Previously unrecognised tax losses and deferred tax assets 
Adjustments to tax expense of prior periods 

Income tax expense 

Effective tax rate: 

Australia 
Consolidated group 

Reconciliation of income tax expense to income tax payable 

(c) 
Income tax (expense) 
Tax effect of timing differences: 
Depreciation 
Provisions 

Accruals and prepayments 
Leased assets 
Lease liabilities 
Tax losses 

Sundry temporary differences 

Current tax payable 
Income tax instalments paid during the year 

Income tax (payable) 

 Amounts recognised directly in equity 

(d) 
Aggregate current and deferred tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit 
or loss but directly debited or credited to equity: 
Net deferred tax charged / (credited) directly to equity (Note 14(e)) 

Tax expense relating to items of other comprehensive income 
Cash flow hedges 
Lease accounting on adoption of AASB 16 Leases 
Provisions – change in accounting policy AASB 16 Leases 

2021 
$m 

127.8 

(1.4) 
0.2 

126.6 

(14.5) 
13.1 

(1.4) 

427.6 

128.3 

(1.2) 

127.1 

(0.3) 
(0.1) 
(0.3) 
0.2 

126.6 

29.7% 
29.6% 

(126.6) 

2.2 
(2.3) 

(0.8) 
15.6 
(16.1) 
2.5   

(2.7) 

(128.2) 
58.7 

(69.5) 

1.6 

1.6 

1.6 
- 

- 

1.6 

2020 
$m 

60.9 

(14.2) 
(1.1) 

45.6 

(13.7) 
(0.5) 

(14.2) 

155.8 

46.7 

0.2 

46.9 

(0.3) 
0.3 
(0.2) 
(1.1) 

45.6 

29.4% 
29.3% 

(45.6) 

(9.2) 
(1.3) 

(3.7) 
0.3 
(2.9) 
0.7 

2.2 

(59.5) 
42.4 

(17.1) 

(14.1) 

(14.1) 

0.4 
(25.9) 

11.4 

(14.1) 

14. 

Income taxes (continued) 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

(e) 
Assets 
Provisions  

Accruals and prepayments 
Depreciation 
Lease liabilities 
Tax losses 

Sundry temporary differences 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 

Cash flow hedges 

Set off with deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

Liabilities 
Brand values 
Depreciation 

Right-of-use assets 
Sundry temporary differences 

Amounts recognised directly in equity 
Cash flow hedges 

Set-off of deferred tax assets 

Net deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets 

Movements in deferred tax assets: 
Opening balance  
Credited to the income statement  

(Charged) / credited to equity 

Closing balance 

Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months 
Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months 

Movements in deferred tax liabilities: 
Opening balance  

Charged / (credited) to the income statement  
Charged to equity 

Closing balance  

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months 

Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months 

2021 

$m 

29.0 

13.6 
15.6 
295.4 
0.4 

4.0 

358.0 

- 

358.0 
(353.3) 

4.7 

75.3 
10.6 

265.4 
1.0 

352.3 

1.0 

353.3 
(353.3) 

- 

4.7 

344.1 
14.5 

(0.6) 

358.0 

265.6 
92.4 

358.0 

339.2 

13.1 
1.0 

353.3 

353.3 

- 

353.3 

2020 
$m 

26.5 

13.0 
21.2 
278.1 
3.1 

1.6 

343.5 

0.6 

344.1 
(339.2) 

4.9 

75.3 
14.0 

248.7 
1.2 

339.2 

- 

339.2 
(339.2) 

- 

4.9 

67.1 
13.7 

263.3 

344.1 

311.3 
32.8 

344.1 

90.5 

(0.5) 
249.2 

339.2 

339.2 

- 

339.2 

(f) 
Tax losses 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

7.7 

7.5 

Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these tax losses because it is not considered probable that future taxable profit 
will be available against which they can be realised. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94
94 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

95
95 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

14. 

(g) 

Income taxes (continued) 

Tax transparency report 

14. 

(g) 

Income taxes (continued) 

Tax transparency report (continued) 

In May 2016, the government announced the release of the Board of Taxation’s final report on the voluntary Tax Transparency Code.  The 
aim of the Code is to provide a mechanism by which medium and large companies can be held accountable for their Australian tax affairs, 
and to give stakeholders confidence that companies are compliant with their statutory obligations.  

Currently the Code is voluntary.  Super Retail Group supports the concept of voluntary tax transparency as an important measure for all large 
companies  to  provide  assurance  to  the  Australian  community  that  their  tax  obligations  are  being  met.    Super  Retail  Group’s  success  is 
dependent on the wellbeing of the economies and communities where the businesses operate and our conservative approach to tax strategy 
is one of the many ways the Group acts to ensure sustainability of our operations. 

The requirements of the Code are broken into Part A which forms part of the tax note as referenced below and Part B as disclosed below.  
The make-up of the respective parts is as follows:   

(i)  
 
 
 

(ii)  
 
 
 

Part A: 

Effective company tax rates for our Australian and global operations (Note 14 (b)) 
A reconciliation of accounting profit to tax expense and to income tax payable (Note 14 (c)) 
Identification of material temporary (Note 14 (c)) and non-temporary differences (Note 14 (b)) 

Part B: 

Tax policy, tax strategy and governance  
Information about international related party dealings  
A tax contribution summary of income tax paid  

Part B discloses the Australian income tax paid by the Group in the 2021 and 2020 financial years and provides qualitative information about 
our approach to tax risk and international related party dealings. 

Tax policy, tax strategy and governance  
Super Retail Group is committed to full compliance with its statutory obligations and takes a conservative approach to tax risk.  The Group’s 
Tax Policy includes an internal escalation process for referring tax matters to the corporate Group Tax function.  The CFO must report any 
material tax issues to the Board.  Tax strategy is implemented through Super Retail Group’s Tax Governance Policy.  The Group’s approach to 
tax planning is to operate and pay tax in accordance with the tax law in each relevant jurisdiction.  The Group aims for certainty on all tax 
positions it adopts.  Where the tax law is unclear or subject to interpretation, advice is obtained, and when necessary the Australian Taxation 
Office (ATO) (or other relevant tax authority) is consulted for clarity.  

International related party dealings  
Super Retail Group is an Australian based group, with some trading operations in other countries, including New Zealand (Supercheap Auto 
(SCA) and Macpac) and China (Sourcing assistance).  Given its current profile, the Group has very limited international related party dealings.  
Super Retail Group prices international related party dealings on an arm’s length basis to meet the regulatory requirements of the relevant 
jurisdictions.  

The Group’s international related party dealings are summarised below: 

 

 

 

 

The Group’s Australian retail businesses source material amounts of trading stock from overseas, particularly through Asian based third-
party suppliers.  To facilitate this,  the Group has Chinese-based subsidiaries that co-ordinates these supplies.  Super Retail Group’s 
Australian businesses pay the overseas subsidiaries for these services. 

The SCA and Macpac retail businesses operate across Australia and New Zealand.  To meet customer demand and manage stock levels, 
trading  stock  is  occasionally  transferred  between  jurisdictions,  for  which  arm’s  length  consideration  is  paid  by  the  recipient  of  the 
trading stock.   

Certain Group businesses operating outside of Australia are utilising intellectual property developed by Super Retail Group businesses 
in Australia.  Where appropriate, and as required by international cross border tax rules, a royalty payment is made by the off-shore 
subsidiary to the relevant Group business in Australia. 

Various administrative and support services are provided by Group  head office and  divisional parent entities to offshore subsidiary 
businesses. As required by international cross border tax rules, arm’s length consideration is paid for these services.  

Other jurisdictions  
The Group includes subsidiary companies that are incorporated in jurisdictions outside Australia as summarised in the table below: 

Country 
China(1) 
New Zealand 

Nature of activities 
Co-ordinating the sourcing of trading stock for SCA, rebel and BCF 
Active trading operations (SCA and Macpac) and dormant entities 

(1) These companies are subject to the Australian Controlled Foreign Company rules. Under these rules profits generated by these subsidiaries from trading with 
Super Retail Group are taxable in Australia at the 30 per cent Australian corporate tax rate.  For the 2021 year, the gross value of international related party 
transactions in and out of Australia represented less than 1.0 per cent of revenue. 

Australian income taxes paid 
Super Retail Group is a large taxpayer and paid corporate income tax of $72.4 million in 2021 and $42.3 million in 2020. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Current and deferred tax 
The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the national income 
tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the financial statements, and to unused tax losses. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to apply when the assets are recovered 
or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates which are enacted or substantively enacted for each jurisdiction.  The relevant tax rates are 
applied to the cumulative amounts of deductible and taxable temporary differences to measure the deferred tax asset or liability.   

An exception is made for certain temporary differences arising from the initial recognition of an asset or a liability.  No deferred tax asset or 
liability is recognised in relation to these temporary differences if they arise in a transaction, other than a business combination, that at the 
time of the transaction did not affect either accounting profit or taxable profit or loss. 

Deferred  tax  assets  are  recognised  for  deductible  temporary  differences  and  unused  tax  losses  only  if  it  is  probable  that  future  taxable 
amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses. 

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for temporary differences between the carrying amount and tax bases of investments 
in controlled entities where the parent entity is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that 
the differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. 

Current and deferred tax balances attributable to amounts recognised directly in equity are recognised directly in equity.   

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the 
deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  Current tax assets and tax liabilities are offset where the entity has a legally 
enforceable right to offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.   

A deferred tax liability is recognised in relation to some of the Group’s indefinite life intangibles.  The tax base assumed in determining the 
amount of the deferred tax liability is the capital cost base of the assets.   

Tax consolidation 
Super Retail Group Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 1 
July 2003 and account for current and deferred tax amounts under the “separate taxpayer within group” approach in accordance with AASB 
Interpretation 1052, Tax Consolidation Accounting. 

On adoption of the tax consolidation legislation, the entities in the tax consolidated group entered into a tax sharing agreement which, in the 
opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liability of the wholly-owned entities in the case of a default by the head entity, Super 
Retail Group Limited. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Super Retail Group 
Limited for any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by Super Retail Group Limited for any current tax receivable and deferred 
tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Super Retail Group Limited under the tax consolidation 
legislation.  The funding amounts are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ financial statements. 

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, which is 
issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year. The head entity may also require payment of interim funding amounts to 
assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
96
96 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

97
97 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

15. 

Provisions 

Current 
Employee benefits(a) 
Make-good provision(b)  
Onerous contracts(c) 
Other provisions(d) 

Total current provisions 

Non-current 
Employee benefits(a) 
Make-good provision(b) 
Total non-current provisions 

(a) 

Employee benefits 

2021 
$m 
88.6 

4.5 
0.3 
3.6 

97.0 

9.9 

16.7 

26.6 

2020 
$m 
103.3 

3.0 
2.6 
2.2 

111.1 

9.6 

14.7 

24.3 

Provisions for employee benefits includes accrued annual leave, long service leave and accrued bonuses.  It also includes $0.6 million (2020: 
$6.7 million) provided as redundancy costs relating to support office restructures. 

A  remediation  program  in  relation  to  payments  owed  to  team  members  as  first  identified  in  the  2018  financial  period  continues,  with 
substantial payments made during the current financial period.  As at 26 June 2021 there is a provision to recognise payments for additional 
overtime and allowances to current and former team members and associated taxes of $6.9 million (2020: $32.4 million).   

(b) 

Make-good provision 

Provision is made for costs arising from contractual obligations in lease agreements at the inception of the agreement.  A provision has been 
recognised for the present value of the estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements.  These costs have been 
capitalised as part of the cost of the right-of-use assets and are amortised over the shorter of the term of the lease or the useful life of the 
assets. 

(c) 

Onerous contracts 

Onerous contracts includes the provision for certain obligations related to some surrendered lease arrangements.  As at 26 June 2021 $0.3 
million is provided for these obligations (2020: $1.8 million). 

In the prior year, onerous contracts also included the provision for loss-making contracts relating to Infinite Retail which represented the 
present value of the forecast loss.  As at 26 June 2021 there is Nil provided for loss-making contracts related to Infinite Retail (2020: $0.8 
million). 

(d) 

Other provisions 

The current provision for other items includes the provision for store refunds.  

(e) 

Movement in provisions 

Movements in each class of provision during the period, except for other, are set out below: 

2021 
Opening balance as at 27 June 2020 
Provisions made 
Indexing of provisions 
Provisions used 

Closing balance as at 26 June 2021 

Employee benefits 
$m 
112.9 

78.7 
- 
(93.1) 

98.5 

Make-good 
$m 
17.7 
0.8 
3.7 
(1.0) 

21.2 

Onerous contracts 
$m 
2.6 
- 
- 
(2.3) 

0.3 

Total 
$m 
133.2 
79.5 
3.7 
(96.4) 

120.0 

15. 

Provisions (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Provisions 
Provisions  for  legal  claims,  service  warranties  and  make-good  obligations  are  recognised  when  the  Group  has  a  present  legal  or 
constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and 
the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating losses. 

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement is determined by considering 
the class of obligations as a whole.  A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an outflow with respect to any one item included in 
the same class of obligations may be small. 

Provisions are measured at the present value of management’s best estimate of the expenditure required to settle the present obligation 
at the statement of financial position date.  The discount rate used to determine the present value reflects current market assessments of 
the time value of money and the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognised as 
interest expense. 

Employee benefits – short-term obligations 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits that are expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end 
of the period in which the employees render the related service are recognised in respect of employees’ services up to the end of the 
reporting period and are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.  All other short-term employee 
benefit obligations are presented as payables. 

Employee benefits – long-term obligations 
The liabilities for long service leave and annual leave are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months after the end of the period 
in which the employees render the related service.  They are therefore recognised in the provision for employee benefits and measured 
as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the end of the reporting 
period using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee 
departures and periods of service.  Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the end of the reporting period of 
government bonds with terms and currencies that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.  Remeasurements as 
a result of experience adjustments and changes in actuarial assumptions are recognised in profit or loss.   

The  obligations  are  presented  as  current  liabilities  in  the  balance  sheet  if  the  Group  does  not  have  an  unconditional  right  to  defer 
settlement for at least twelve months after the reporting period, regardless of when the actual settlement is expected to occur. 

Retirement benefit obligations 
Contributions are made by the Group to an employee superannuation fund and are charged as expenses when incurred. 

Profit-sharing and bonus plans 
The Group recognises a liability and an expense for bonuses and profit-sharing based on a formula that takes into consideration the profit 
attributable to the Company’s shareholders after certain adjustments.  The Group recognises a provision where contractually obliged or 
where there is a past practice that has created a constructive obligation. 

Make-good requirements in relation to leased premises 
Refer to Note 11 for details on make-good requirements in relation to leased premises. 

Critical accounting estimates and assumptions 

Estimated value of make-good provision 
The  Group  has  estimated  the  present  value  of  the  expenditure  required  to  remove  any  leasehold  improvements  and  return  leased 
premises to their original state, in addition to the likelihood of this occurring.  These costs have been capitalised as part of the cost of the 
right-of-use asset. 

Long service leave 
Judgement is required in determining the following key assumptions used in the calculation of long service leave at balance date. 
 
 
 

Future increase in salaries and wages; 
Future on-cost rates; and 
Experience of employee departures and period of service. 

Onerous contracts 
For  loss-making  revenue  contracts,  the  Group  estimates  a  range  of  potential  financial  outcomes  for  each  contract  based  on  forecast 
scenarios.  It then records a liability for the present value of the resulting forecasted loss of each contract. 

Employee benefits  
Judgements have been made in the calculations as to the number of overtime hours and allowance payments based on assumed work 
patterns. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
98
98 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

99
99 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

16. 

(a) 

Financial assets and financial liabilities 

Financial instruments 

The Group holds the following financial instruments: 

2021 
Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

2020 
Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total 

Notes 

7 
21 

12 
13 
11 
21 

Derivatives used 
for hedging 

$m 

- 

- 
3.6 

3.6 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

Financial assets and 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

242.3 

38.4 
- 

280.7 

563.4 
- 
989.6 
- 

1,553.0 

Derivatives used 
for hedging 

Notes 

$m 

Financial assets and 
liabilities at 
amortised cost 
$m 

7 
21 

12 
13 
11 

21 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 

1.9 

1.9 

285.1 
26.3 
- 

311.4 

442.3 
247.8 
939.3 

- 

1,629.4 

Total 

$m 

242.3 

38.4 
3.6 

284.3 

563.4 
- 
989.6 
- 

1,553.0 

Total 

$m 

285.1 
26.3 
- 

311.4 

442.3 
247.8 
939.3 

1.9 

1,631.3 

The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial instruments is discussed in Note 21 – Financial risk management.  The 
maximum exposure to credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of financial assets mentioned above. 

(b) 

Recognised fair value measurements 

Fair value hierarchy  

(i)   
This section explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial instruments that are recognised and 
measured at fair value in the financial statements.  To provide an indication of the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, the 
Group has classified its financial instruments into the three levels prescribed under the accounting standards.  An explanation of each level 
follows below the table. 

The fair value of forward exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange market rates at the balance sheet date. 

The carrying value less impairment provision of trade receivables and payables is assumed to approximate their fair values due to their short-
term nature.  The fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at the 
current market interest rate that is available to the Group for similar financial instruments. 

16. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

(b) 

(i)   

Recognised fair value measurements (continued) 

Fair value hierarchy (continued) 

The following tables present the Group’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value. 

2021 
Financial assets 
Derivatives used for hedging – forward foreign 
exchange contracts 

Total  

Financial liabilities 
Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

2020 

Financial assets 
Derivatives used for hedging 

Total  

Financial liabilities 
Derivatives used for hedging – forward foreign 
exchange contracts 

Total  

Level 1 
$m 

Level 2 
$m 

Level 3 
$m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

3.6 

3.6 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Level 1 
$m 

Level 2 
$m 

Level 3 
$m 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1.9 

1.9 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 
$m 

3.6 

3.6 

- 

- 

Total 
$m 

- 

- 

1.9 

1.9 

There were no transfers between any levels for recurring fair value measurements during the year.  The Group’s policy is to recognise 
transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. 

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded derivatives, and trading and available-for-
sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end of the reporting period. The quoted market price used for financial assets held 
by the Group is the current bid price. These instruments are included in level 1. 

Level  2:  The  fair  value  of  financial  instruments  that  are  not  traded  in  an  active  market  (for  example,  over-the-counter  derivatives)  is 
determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific 
estimates. If all significant inputs required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2. 

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included in level 3. This is the 
case for unlisted equity securities. 

Valuation techniques used to determine fair value 

(ii)   
Specific valuation techniques used to value financial instruments include: 
 
 

the use of quoted market prices or dealer quotes for similar instruments; 
the fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated as the present value of the estimated future cash flows based on observable yield 
curves; 
the fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the balance sheet date; 
the fair value of the remaining financial instruments is determined using discounted cash flow analysis. 

 
 

All of the resulting fair value estimates are included in level 2, where the fair values have been determined based on present values and 
the discount rates used were adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk.   

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
100 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

101
101 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

16. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Financial assets classification 
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories: 
 
 

those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through Other Comprehensive Income (OCI) or through profit or loss), and 
those to be measured at amortised cost. 

The classification depends on the Group’s business model for managing the financial assets and the contractual terms of the cash flows. 

For assets measured at fair value, gains and losses will either be recorded in profit or loss or OCI. For investments in equity instruments that 
are not held for trading, this will depend on whether the Group has made an irrevocable election at the time of initial recognition to account 
for the equity investment at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI).  

The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for managing those assets changes.  

Recognition and derecognition  
Regular way purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised on trade-date, the date on which the Group commits to purchase or 
sell the asset. Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the financial assets have expired or have been 
transferred and the Group has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership.  

Measurement  
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus transaction costs (in the case of a financial asset not at fair 
value through profit or loss (FVPL)) that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs of financial 
assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.  

Financial assets with embedded derivatives are considered in their entirety when determining whether their cash flows are solely payment 
of principal and interest.  

Debt instruments  
Subsequent  measurement  of  debt  instruments  depends  on  the  Group’s  business  model  for  managing  the  asset  and  the  cash  flow 
characteristics of the asset. There are three measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:  

Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of principal 
and interest are measured at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the effective 
interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses) 
together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.  

FVOCI:  Assets  that  are  held  for  collection  of  contractual  cash  flows  and  for  selling  the  financial  assets,  where  the  assets’  cash  flows 
represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI. Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, 
except for the recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses which are recognised in 
profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity 
to profit or loss and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets is included in finance income using the 
effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange gains and  losses  are presented  in  other gains/(losses)  and  impairment expenses are 
presented as separate line item in the statement of profit or loss.  

16. 

Financial assets and financial liabilities (continued) 

Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

Impairment 
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the expected credit losses associated with its debt instruments carried at amortised cost 
and FVOCI. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has been a significant increase in credit risk. 

For  trade  receivables,  the  Group  applies  the  simplified  approach  permitted  by  AASB  9,  which  requires  expected  lifetime  losses  to  be 
recognised from initial recognition of the receivables. 

Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities 
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured to their 
fair value.  The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, 
and if so, the nature of the item being hedged.  The Group designates certain derivatives as either: hedges of the fair value of recognised 
assets or liabilities or a firm commitment (fair value hedge); or hedges of highly probable forecast transactions (cash flow hedges). 

The Group documents at the inception of the transaction the relationship between hedging instruments and hedged items as well as its 
risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions.  The Group also documents its assessment, both at 
hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been and will continue to 
be highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged items. 

Cash flow hedges 
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges is recognised in equity 
in the hedging reserve.  The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in profit or loss. 

Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in profit or loss in the income periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss (for 
instance when the forecast payment that is hedged takes place). When the forecast transaction that is hedged results in the recognition 
of  a  non-financial  asset  (for  example,  inventory)  or  a  non-financial  liability,  the  gains  and  losses  previously  deferred  in  equity  are 
transferred from equity and included in the measurement of the initial cost  or carrying amount of the asset or liability. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any 
cumulative  gain  or  loss  existing  in  equity  at  the  time  remains  in  equity  and  is  recognised  when  the  forecast  transaction  is  ultimately 
recognised in profit or loss. As soon as a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported 
in equity is transferred to profit or loss. 

Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting 
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of any derivative instrument that does not 
qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in profit or loss. 

17. 

Earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

(a) 
Total basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 

FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is 
subsequently measured at FVPL is recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period in which it arises.  

Diluted earnings per share 

(b) 
Total diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 

Equity instruments  
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments at fair value. Where the Group’s management have elected to present fair value 
gains and losses on equity investments in OCI, there is no subsequent reclassification of fair value gains and losses to profit or loss following 
the derecognition of the investment. Dividends from such investments continue to be recognised in profit or loss as other income when 
the Group’s right to receive payments is established.  

Changes in the fair value of financial assets at FVPL are recognised in other gains/(losses) in the statement of profit or loss as applicable. 
Impairment losses (and reversal of impairment losses) on equity investments measured at FVOCI are not reported separately from other 
changes in fair value. 

Normalised earnings per share (non-IFRS measure)(1) 

(c) 
From continuing operations attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company 
(1) Normalised profit attributable to ordinary equity holders is $306.8 million (2020: $148.2 million) – Note 4(b). 

(d) 

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator 

Weighted average number of shares used as the denominator in calculating basic EPS  
Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share – performance rights 

Weighted average potential ordinary shares used as the denominator in  
calculating diluted earnings per share 

2021 
Cents 
133.4 

132.1 

136.0 

2020 
Cents 
55.8 

55.3 

75.0 

2021 
Number 

2020 
Number 

225,577,445 
2,273,476 

197,610,979 
1,663,059 

227,850,921 

199,274,038 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
102
102 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

103
103 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

17. 

Earnings per share (continued) 

2021 

2020 

Reconciliations of earnings used in calculating earnings per share 

(e) 
Basic earnings and diluted earnings per share 
Profit attributable to the ordinary equity holders of the company used in EPS 
calculating basic earnings per share: 
(f) 
Options and Performance Rights 
Options  and performance  rights  granted  are  considered to  be  potential ordinary shares and  have  been  included  in the  determination of 
diluted earnings per share to the extent to which they are dilutive. 

Information concerning the classification of securities 

301.0 

110.2 

$m 

$m 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Basic earnings per share 
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing: 
 
  by the weighted average number  of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary 

the profit attributable to equity holders of the Company, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares; 

shares issued during the year and excluding treasury shares. 

Diluted earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income 
tax  effect of  interest and  other  financing  costs  associated  with dilutive potential ordinary shares and  the weighted  average  number  of 
shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

18. 

Contributed equity 

(a) 

Share capital 

Ordinary shares fully paid (225,826,500 ordinary shares as at 26 June 2021) 

2021 

$m 
740.7 

Movement in ordinary share capital 

(i) 
Balance 29 June 2019 

Shares issued under performance rights 

Shares issued from equity raise – Institutional Entitlement 

Less: Transaction costs arising on share issue 

Balance 27 June 2020 
Shares issued under performance rights(1) 
Shares issued from equity raise – Retail Entitlement 

Less: Transaction costs arising on share issue 

Number of Shares 

Issue Price 

197,383,751 

160,968 

22,152,988 

- 

219,697,707 

54,798 

6,073,995 

- 

- 

$7.19 

- 

- 

$7.19 

- 

2020 

$m 
698.1 

$m 

542.3 

- 

159.3 

(3.5) 

698.1 

- 

43.7 

(1.1) 

Balance 26 June 2021 
(1) Performance rights were fulfilled through a combination of on-market share purchases and new share issues.  Performance rights vested were 172,653 
(117,855 purchased on market and 54,798 new share issues).   

225,826,500 

740.7 

On 15 June 2020, the Group announced an underwritten one for seven accelerated pro rata non-renounceable entitlement offer to raise 
equity of approximately $202.9 million at a fixed price of $7.19 per share.  The equity raising comprised an institutional entitlement offer 
which settled on 24 June 2020 and a retail entitlement offer which settled on 9 July 2020.  The issue of shares represent fully paid ordinary 
shares in Super Retail Group Limited. 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.   

The ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the parent entity in proportion to the 
number of and amounts paid on the shares held. 

On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present, in person or by proxy, at a meeting of shareholders of the parent entity is entitled 
to one vote and, upon a poll, each share is entitled to one vote. 

18. 

Contributed equity (continued) 

(a) 

Share capital (continued) 

Performance rights over 1,121,283 (2020: 727,470) ordinary shares were issued during the period with 172,653 (2020: 160,968) performance 
rights vesting during the period.  Under the share option plan, no ordinary shares were issued during the period (2020: nil).  Information 
relating to performance rights and options outstanding at the end of the financial year are set out in Note 29 – Share-based payments. 

Dividend reinvestment plan 
The Company has established a dividend reinvestment plan under which holders of ordinary shares may elect to have all or part of their 
dividend entitlements satisfied by shares purchased on market rather than by being paid in cash. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Contributed equity 
Ordinary shares are classified as equity.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity 
as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.  Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options, or for the 
acquisition of a business, are included in the cost of the acquisition as part of the purchase consideration. 

19. 

Reserves and retained earnings 

Reserves 

(a) 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Share-based payments reserve 
Hedging reserve 
NCI equity reserve 

Total 

Movements 

(i) 
Foreign currency translation reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Net exchange difference on translation of foreign controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Share-based payments reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Value of equity purchased for performance rights and restricted shares 
Performance rights expense  

Balance at the end of the financial period 

Hedging reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Revaluation – gross 
Deferred tax 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

NCI equity reserve 
Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Change in ownership interest in controlled entities 

Balance at the end of the financial period 

2021 

$m 

3.4 
19.7 
2.5 
(8.0) 

17.6 

3.7 
(0.3) 

3.4 

13.1 
(1.1) 
7.7 

19.7 

(1.3) 
5.4 
(1.6) 

2.5 

(8.0) 
- 

(8.0) 

2020 

$m 

3.7 
13.1 
(1.3) 
(8.0) 

7.5 

5.2 
(1.5) 

3.7 

12.9 
- 
0.2 

13.1 

(2.3) 
1.4 
(0.4) 

(1.3) 

(7.6) 
(0.4) 

(8.0) 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
104
104 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

105
105 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

19. 

Reserves and retained earnings (continued) 

(a) 

Reserves (continued) 

Nature and purpose of reserves 

(ii) 
Hedging reserve - cash flow hedges 
The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised directly in equity, as 
described  in  Note  16  –  Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities.    Amounts  are  recognised  in  profit  or  loss  when  the  associated  hedged 
transaction affects profit or loss.   

Share-based payments reserve 
The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the grant date fair value of options and performance rights issued. 

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Exchange differences arising on translation of the foreign controlled entity are taken to the foreign currency translation reserve, as described 
in Note 2(c).  The reserve is recognised in profit or loss when the net investment is disposed of. 

NCI equity reserve 
The NCI equity reserve is used to recognise the change in ownership interest in controlled entities. 

(b) 

Retained earnings 

Balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Change in accounting policy – AASB 16 Leases 

Restated balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Net profit for the period attributable to owners of Super Retail Group Limited 
Dividends paid 

Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

2021 
$m 
285.7 
- 

285.7 
301.0 
(118.5) 

468.2 

20. 

Reconciliation of profit after income tax to net cash inflow from operating activities 

Profit from ordinary activities after related income tax 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Impairment of right-of-use assets 

Change in accounting policy – Cloud computing arrangements 
Net (gain) on disposal of non-current assets 
Non-cash employee benefits expense/share-based payments 
Equity accounting loss 

Net finance costs 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects from the purchase of 
controlled entities 
 - (increase)/ decrease in receivables 

 - increase in net current tax liability 
 - (increase) / decrease in inventories 
 - increase in payables 
 - (decrease) / increase in provisions 

 - (increase) in deferred taxes 

Net cash inflow from operating activities 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 
301.0 
299.4 
0.9 

3.0 
(0.2) 
7.7 
0.2 

41.0 

(8.8) 

52.4 
(194.0) 
111.2 
(12.3) 

(1.5) 

600.0 

2020 
$m 
265.9 
(34.2) 

231.7 
110.2 
(56.2) 

285.7 

2020 
$m 
110.2 
282.2 
- 

- 
(0.6) 
0.2 
0.6 

55.1 

10.6 

19.0 
57.8 
84.1 
5.9 

(14.4) 

610.7 

Cash and cash equivalents 
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash includes cash on hand, cash at bank and at call deposits with banks or financial institutions, 
other short term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts 
of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, and bank overdrafts. 

21. 

Financial risk management 

This note explains the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect the Group’s future financial performance. Current 
year profit or loss information has been included where relevant to add further context. 

Market risk 

Foreign exchange 

Interest rate 

Exposure 
arising from 

Measurement 

Future commercial 
transactions  
Recognised financial assets 
and liabilities not 
denominated in AUD 

Cash flow forecasting 
Sensitivity analysis 

Long-term borrowings at 
variable rates 

Sensitivity analysis 

Management 

Forward foreign exchange 
contracts 

Interest rate swaps 

Credit risk 

Liquidity risk 

Cash and cash equivalents, 
trade and other receivables 
and derivative financial 
instruments 

Borrowings and other 
liabilities 

Ageing analysis 
Credit ratings 

Rolling cash flow 
forecasts 

Credit limits and retention 
of title over goods sold 

Availability of committed 
credit lines and borrowing 
facilities 

The  Group’s  risk  management  is  carried  out  by  the  finance  department  under  policies  approved  by  the  Board.  The  finance  department 
identifies, evaluates and hedges financial risks in co-operation with the Group’s operating units. The Board approves a formal policy for overall 
risk management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as foreign exchange risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, use of derivative 
financial instruments and non-derivative financial instruments, and investment of excess liquidity. 

(a)  

Derivative Financial Instruments 

Derivative Financial Instruments are used only for economic hedging purposes and not as trading or speculative instruments. The Group has 
the following derivative financial instruments: 

Current assets 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument assets 

Current liabilities 
Forward foreign exchange contracts – cash flow hedges 

Total current derivative financial instrument liabilities 

2021 
$m 

3.6 

3.6 

- 

- 

2020 
$m 

- 

- 

1.9 

1.9 

Classification of derivatives 

(i)  
Derivatives are classified as held for trading and accounted for at fair value through profit or loss unless they are designated as hedges. They 
are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 months after the end of the reporting period. 

The  Group’s  accounting  policy  for  cash  flow  hedges  is  set  out  in  Note  16  –  Financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities.  For  hedged  forecast 
transactions that result in the recognition of a non-financial asset, the Group has elected to include related hedging gains and losses in the 
initial measurement of the cost of the asset. 

Fair value measurement 

(ii)  
For information about the methods and assumptions used in determining the fair value of derivatives please refer to Note 16 – Financial 
assets and financial liabilities. 

(b)     

Market risk  

(i)  
Group companies are required to hedge their foreign exchange risk exposure using forward contracts transacted by the finance department. 

Foreign exchange risk 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
106
106 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

107
107 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

21. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)     

Market risk (continued) 

Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

(i)  
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising from currency exposures to the United States dollar (USD) 
and Chinese Yuan (CNY). 

Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are denominated in a currency that is 
not the entity’s functional currency. 

The  Group’s risk management policy is to hedge  between  50  per  cent and  75  per  cent of  anticipated foreign  currency purchases for  the 
subsequent four months and up to 50 per cent of anticipated foreign currency purchases for the following five to 12 month period. 

Instruments used by the Group 
The Group retails products including some that have been imported, with contract pricing denominated in USD or CNY.  In order to protect 
against exchange rate movements, the Group has entered into forward exchange rate contracts to purchase USD.  The contracts are timed 
to mature in line with forecast payments for imports and cover forecast purchases for the subsequent twelve months, on a rolling basis.  The 
Group does not currently enter into forward exchange rate contracts to purchase CNY. 

Exposure 
The Group’s exposure to foreign currency risk at the end of the reporting period was as follows: 

Trade receivables 
Trade payables 
Forward exchange contract - notional amount in foreign currency (cash flow hedges) 
          Buy United States dollars and sell Australian/New Zealand dollars with maturity 
          - 0 to 4 months 
          - 5 to 12 months 

2021 
USD 
$m 
1.5 
46.1 

63.8 
69.5 

133.3 

The weighted average hedge rate of the forward exchange contracts as at 26 June 2021 is 0.7671 (2020: 0.6753) 

Trade receivables  
Trade payables 

2021 
CNY 
m 
1.5 
61.4 

2020 
USD 
$m 
3.5 
30.2 

55.3 
30.7 

86.0 

2020 
CNY 
m 
0.2 
23.8 

The portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument that is determined to be an effective hedge is recognised directly in equity.  When 
the cash flows occur, the Group adjusts the initial measurement of the component recognised in the consolidated balance sheet by the related 
amount deferred in equity.  In the year ended 26 June 2021, no hedges were designated as ineffective (2020: nil). 

Gains and losses arising from hedging contracts terminated prior to maturity are also carried forward until the designated hedged transaction 
occurs. 

The following gains, losses and costs have been deferred as at the balance date: 

- unrealised gains / (losses) on USD foreign exchange contracts 

Total unrealised gains / (losses) 

2021 
 $m 
3.6 

3.6 

2020 
$m 
(1.9) 

(1.9) 

21. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

(i)            Foreign exchange risk (continued) 

Group sensitivity 
Based on the financial instruments held at 26 June 2021, had the Australian dollar weakened/strengthened by 10 per cent against  other 
currencies with all other variables held constant, the impact on the Group’s post-tax profit would have been nil, on the basis that the financial 
instruments would have been designated as cash flow hedges and the impact upon the foreign exchange movements of other financial assets 
and liabilities is not material. 

Equity would  have  been  $11.1 million lower/$13.5  million  higher (2020: $8.1 million lower/$9.9  million  higher)  had the  Australian  dollar 
weakened/strengthened by 10 per cent against other currencies, arising mainly from forward foreign exchange contracts designated as cash 
flow hedges.  The impact on other Group assets and liabilities as a result of movements in exchange rates is not material. 

A sensitivity of 10 per cent was selected following review of historic trends. 

(ii)         

Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk 

Instruments used by the Group - interest rate swap contracts 
An assessment of the forecast core debt requirements subsequent to the equity raising announced on 15 June 2020 indicated that core debt 
was minimal.  In accordance with the treasury policy, all interest rate swaps were terminated prior to the end of the 2020 financial year.  No 
new interest rate swap contracts have been entered into as core debt remains at nil.  Therefore current interest expense is subject to variable 
rates only.   

Interest rate risk exposures 
The Group’s exposure to interest rate risk and the effective weighted average interest rate by maturity periods is set out in the following 
table: 

Fixed interest maturing in 

Floating 
interest rate 
$m 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 5 
years 
$m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Non-
interest 
bearing $m 

Notes 

Total 
$m 

242.3 
38.4 

280.7 

989.6 

563.4 
- 
98.5 

1,651.5 

240.6 
- 

240.6 

0.00% 

- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
n/a 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

193.6 

562.8 

233.2 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

193.6 

562.8 

233.2 

1.7 
38.4 

40.1 

- 

563.4 
- 
98.5 

661.9 

240.6 

(193.6) 

(562.8) 

(233.2) 

(621.8) 

(1,370.8) 

2021 

Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 

Total financial assets 

Weighted average rate of interest 

Financial liabilities 
Lease liabilities 

Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Provisions (employee benefits) 

Total financial liabilities 

Weighted average rate of interest 

Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

7 

11 
12 

13 
15 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
108
108 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

109
109 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

21. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(b)           Market risk (continued) 

 (ii)          Cashflow and fair value interest rate risk (continued) 

Fixed interest maturing in 

Floating 
interest rate 
$m 

1 year or 
less 
$m 

Over 1 to 5 
years $m 

More than 
5 years  
$m 

Notes 

2020 
Financial assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 

Total financial assets 

Weighted average rate of interest 

Financial liabilities 
Lease liabilities 
Trade and other payables 

Borrowings 
Provisions (employee benefits) 

Total financial liabilities 

Weighted average rate of interest 

Net financial (liabilities) / assets 

7 

11 
12 

13 
15 

283.5 
- 

283.5 

0.25% 

- 
- 

247.8 
- 

247.8 
2.15% 

- 
- 

- 

177.8 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

556.7 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 

204.8 
- 

- 
- 

177.8 

556.7 

204.8 

21. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(c) 

Credit risk (continued) 

(i)            Risk management (continued) 
Sales to retail customers are required to be settled in cash, using major credit cards or buy-now-pay-later solutions, mitigating credit risk. 
There are no significant concentrations of credit risk, whether through exposure to individual customers, specific industry sectors and/or 
regions.  

(ii)            Security 
For wholesale customers without credit rating, the Group generally retains title over the goods sold until full payment is received, thus limiting 
the loss from a possible default to the profit margin made on the sale. For some trade receivables the Group may also obtain security in the 
form of guarantees, deeds of undertaking or letters of credit which can be called upon if the counterparty is in default under the terms of the 
agreement. 

(d)            Liquidity risk 

Prudent  liquidity  risk  management  implies  maintaining  sufficient  cash  and  the  availability  of  funding  through  an  adequate  amount  of 
committed  credit  facilities  to  meet  obligations  when  due.  As  a  result  of  the  dynamic  nature  of  the  underlying  businesses,  the  finance 
department maintains flexibility in funding by maintaining availability under committed credit lines. 

Management monitors rolling forecasts of the Group’s liquidity reserve (comprising the undrawn borrowing facilities below) and cash and 
cash equivalents on the basis of expected cash flows.  In addition, the Group’s liquidity management policy involves projecting cash flows in 
major currencies and considering the level of liquid assets necessary to meet these. 

(i)             Financing arrangements 

Non-
interest 
bearing 
$m 

1.6 
26.3 

27.9 

- 
442.3 

- 
112.9 

555.2 

Total 
$m 

285.1 
26.3 

311.4 

939.3 
442.3 

247.8 
112.9 

1,742.3 

35.7 

(177.8) 

(556.7) 

(204.8) 

(527.3) 

(1,430.9) 

Unrestricted access was available at balance date to the following lines of credit: 

Group sensitivity 
The Group’s main interest rate risk arises from long-term borrowings.  Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow 
interest rate risk.  Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.  During the 2021 and 2020 financial years, 
the Group’s borrowings were at variable rates and were denominated in Australian dollars. 

As at the reporting date, the Group had the following variable rate borrowings outstanding: 

Bank overdrafts and bank loans 

An analysis by maturities is provided in (d) below. 

2021 
$m 
- 

2020 
$m 
250.0 

The Group risk management policy is to maintain fixed interest rate hedges of approximately 40 per cent of anticipated core debt levels over 
a 3 year period.  The Group utilises interest rate swaps to hedge its interest rate exposure on borrowings but as disclosed above all interest 
rate swaps were terminated prior to the end of the 2020 financial year as core debt was significantly reduced. 

As at 26 June 2021, if interest rates had changed by +/- 100 basis points from the year-end rates with all other variables held constant, post-
tax profit and equity for the year would have been unchanged (2020: $1.7 million lower/higher), mainly as a result of no drawn debt. 

(c)         

Credit risk 

Credit  risk  arises  from  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  favourable  derivative  financial  instruments  and  deposits  with  banks  and  financial 
institutions, as well as credit exposures to wholesale and retail customers, including outstanding receivables and committed transactions. 

(i)            Risk management 
Credit risk is managed on a Group basis. For banks and financial institutions, only independently rated parties with a minimum credit rating 
of ‘A’ are accepted.  

If wholesale customers are independently rated, these ratings are used. Otherwise, if there is no independent rating, risk control assesses the 
credit quality of the customer, taking into account its financial position, past experience and other factors. Individual risk limits are set based 
on internal or external ratings in accordance with limits set by the Board. The compliance with credit limits by wholesale customers is regularly 
monitored by management.   

Total facilities 
 -  bank debt funding facility 
 -  bilateral liquidity facility with ANZ 
 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Facilities used at balance date 
 -  bank debt funding facility(1) 
 -  bilateral liquidity facility with ANZ 
 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

Unused balance of facilities at balance date 
 -  bank debt funding facility 
 -  bilateral liquidity facility with ANZ 

 -  multi-option facility (including indemnity/guarantee) 

Total 

2021 

$m 

635.0 
- 
16.0 

651.0 

- 
- 
3.5 

3.5 

635.0 
- 

12.5 

647.5 

2020 

$m 

635.0 
100.0 
20.0 

755.0 

250.0 
- 
3.5 

253.5 

385.0 
100.0 

16.5 

501.5 

(1)  As at 26 June 2021, NIL (2020: nil) of the overdraft facility has been drawn and in accordance with financing arrangements this is offset by cash funds in 

transit. 

Bank debt funding is split as $200 million expiring December 2022, $200 million expiring December 2023 and $200 million expiring December 
2024.  Bank debt and multi-option funding facilities totalling $51 million expire December 2021.  Drawdown of debt facilities can occur with 
48 hours notice. 

Current interest rates which would apply on bank loans of the Group if drawn down are 1.37% - 1.62% (2020: 2.13% - 2.16%). 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110
110 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

111
111 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

21. 

Financial risk management (continued) 

(d)            Liquidity risk (continued) 

22. 

Capital management 

(a) 

Risk management  

Maturities of financial liabilities 

(ii)    
The following tables present the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual maturities for:  
- 
-  net and gross settled derivative financial instruments for which the contractual maturities are essential for an understanding of the timing 

all non-derivative financial liabilities; and 

of the cash flows. 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide 
returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders, and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. 

In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to 
shareholders, issue new shares or sell assets to reduce debt.  

The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows. Balances due within 12 months equal their carrying balances 
as  the  impact  of  discounting  is  not  significant.  For  interest  rate  swaps  the  cash  flows  have  been  estimated  using  forward  interest  rates 
applicable at the end of the reporting period. 

The Group monitors overall capital on the basis of the gearing ratio.  The ratio is calculated as net debt divided by total capital.  Net debt is 
calculated as total borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.  Total capital is calculated as equity as shown in the consolidated balance sheet 
(including non-controlling interests) plus net debt. 

2021 
Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 

Lease liabilities 

Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 
Forward exchange contracts used 
for hedging: 
Gross settled 
- (inflow) 
- outflow 

Total derivatives 

2020 
Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 

Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 
Forward exchange contracts used 
for hedging: 
Gross settled 

- (inflow) 
- outflow 

Total derivatives 

Less than 6 
months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 1 
and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 2 
and 5 
years  
$m 

563.4 

- 
108.3 

671.7 

- 

- 
103.7 

103.7 

- 

- 
198.1 

198.1 

- 

- 
458.3 

458.3 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

- 

- 
255.2 

255.2 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

563.4 

- 
1,123.6 

1,687.0 

(121.6) 
121.3 

(0.3) 

(54.0) 
52.4 

(1.6) 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(175.6) 
173.7 

(1.9) 

Less than 6 
months 
$m 

6-12 
months 
$m 

Between 1 
and 2 
years  
$m 

Between 2 
and 5 
years  
$m 

442.3 
2.7 

107.0 

552.0 

- 
2.7 

106.5 

109.2 

- 
5.4 

198.2 

203.6 

- 
252.6 

437.6 

690.2 

Over 5 
years 
$m 

- 
- 

228.0 

228.0 

Total 
contractual 
cash flows 
$m 

442.3 
263.4 

1,077.3 

1,783.0 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

563.4 

- 
989.6 

1,553.0 

(3.6) 
- 

(3.6) 

Carrying 
amount 
(assets) / 
liabilities 
$m 

442.3 
250.0 

939.3 

1,631.6 

During 2021 the Group’s strategy was to ensure that it held a strong liquidity position focused on  net cash and committed debt facilities 
sufficient to support a period disrupted by COVID-19.  The gearing ratios at 26 June 2021 and 27 June 2020 were as follows: 

Total borrowings 
Total lease liabilities 
Less:  Cash & cash equivalents 

Net Debt 
Total Equity 

Total Capital 

Gearing Ratio 

2021 
$m 
- 
989.6 
(242.3) 

747.3 
1,226.5 
1,973.9 

37.9% 

2020 
$m 
247.8 
939.3 
(285.1) 

902.0 
991.3 

1,893.3 

47.6% 

The Group also monitors ongoing capital on the basis of the fixed charge cover ratio (FCCR).  The ratio is calculated as earnings before net 
finance costs, income tax, depreciation, amortisation and rental expense (EBITDAR) divided by fixed charge obligations (being finance costs 
rental expenses). 

For the purposes of capital management FCCR is utilised on a pre-AASB 16 Leases basis.  The FCCR and net debt to EBITDA ratios at 26 June 
2021 and 27 June 2020 were as follows: 

Normalised net profit after tax (pre-AASB 16 Leases) 
Add:    Taxation expense 
  Net finance costs 
  Depreciation and amortisation (excludes impairment) 

EBITDA 

   Rental expense 

EBITDAR 

   Net finance costs 
   Rental expense 

Fixed charges 

Fixed charge cover ratio 
Net debt to EBITDA ratio(1) 
(1) Normalised net debt (pre-AASB 16 Leases) is positive $241.4m (2020: positive $32.6m). 

2021 
$m 

308.0 
129.5 
5.8 
114.1 

557.4 
263.4 

820.8 

5.8 
263.4 

269.2 

3.05 
(0.43) 

2020 
$m 
154.1 
64.2 
17.8 
92.0 

328.1 
255.1 

583.2 

17.8 
255.1 

272.9 

2.14 
(0.10) 

(99.6) 
101.0 

1.4 

(25.5) 
26.4 

0.9 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(125.1) 
127.4 

2.3 

- 
1.9 

1.9 

Loan Covenants 

(i)    
Financial covenants are provided by Super Retail Group Limited with respect to leverage, gearing, fixed charges coverage and shareholder 
funds.  The Group has complied with the financial covenants of its borrowing facilities during the 2021 and 2020 financial years. There are no 
assets pledged as security in relation to the unsecured debt in the 2021 financial year (2020: nil). 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112
112 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

113
113 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

Directors 

(d) 
The names of the persons who were Directors of Super Retail Group Limited during the financial year are S A Pitkin AO, R A Rowe, D J Eilert,  
H L Mowlem, P D Everingham, S A Chaplain AM, G T Dunne and A M Heraghty. 

23. 

Related party transactions (continued) 

(e) 
There are no amounts due from Directors of the consolidated Group and their director-related entities (2020: nil). 

Amounts due from related parties 

(f) 

Transactions with other related parties 

Aggregate amounts included in the determination of profit from ordinary activities before 
income tax that resulted from transactions with related parties: 

2021 
$ 

2020 
$ 

Store lease payment(1) 

9,553,918 

9,611,168 

(1) Rent on properties, with rates which are deemed to be on an arm's-length basis.  Rent payable at year-end was Nil (2020: $750,802). 

24. 

Business combinations 

(a) 

Subsidiaries 

2021 
The Group’s subsidiaries at 26 June 2021 are as detailed in Note 27 - Investments in controlled entities.  There were no changes to the Group’s 
ownership interest in these entities. 

2020 
Infinite Retail Pty Ltd – October 2019 
On the 23 October 2019, the Group entered into an agreement with Mulawa Pty Ltd to purchase the last 5 per cent ownership interest in 
Infinite Retail Pty Ltd for $75,000. As a result Infinite Retail Pty Ltd is now a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Group. 

(b) 

Associates and joint ventures 

2021 
There were no changes to the Group’s associates or joint ventures during 2021. 

2020 
Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd – February 2020 
On 13 February 2020, shares in Autoguru Australia Pty Ltd were issued to the management of Autoguru.  As a result Super Retail Group’s 
ownership interest in Autoguru reduced from 49.52 per cent to 38.29 per cent. 

22. 

Capital management (continued) 

(b) 

Dividends  

Ordinary shares 
Dividends paid by Super Retail Group Limited during the financial year were as follows: 

Final dividend for the period ended 27 June 2020 of 19.5 cents per share (2019: 28.5 cents per 
share) paid on 2 October 2020.  Fully franked based on tax paid at 30% 

Interim dividend for the period ended 26 December 2020 of 33.0 cents (2019: cancelled) paid on 1 
April 2021.  Fully franked based on tax paid at 30% 

Total dividends provided and paid 

Dividends paid in cash or satisfied by the issue of shares under the dividend reinvestment plan 
were as follows: 

-  paid in cash 
- 

satisfied by issue of shares purchased on market 

Dividends not recognised at year end 
Subsequent  to  year  end,  the  Directors  have  resolved  to  pay  a  final  dividend  of  55.0  cents  per 
ordinary share (2020: 19.5 cents per ordinary share), fully franked based on tax paid at 30%. 
Aggregate amount of the dividend expected to be paid on 7 October 2021, out of retained profits 
as at 26 June 2021, but not recognised as a liability at year end 

Franking credits 
The franked portions of dividends paid after 26 June 2021 will be franked out of existing franking 
credits and out of franking credits arising from the payments of income tax in the years ending after 
26 June 2021. 
Franking  credits  remaining  at  balance  date  available  for  dividends  resolved  to  be  paid  after  the 
current balance date based on a tax rate of 30%  

44.0 

74.5 

118.5 

116.3 
2.2 

118.5 

56.2 

- 

56.2 

54.5 
1.7 

56.2 

124.2 

44.0 

231.2 

157.2 

The above amounts represent the balance of the franking account as at the end of the financial year, adjusted for: 
-     franking credits that will arise from the payment of the current tax liability; and 

-     franking debits that will arise from the payment of the dividend as a liability at the reporting date. 

The amount recorded above as the franking credit amount is based on the amount of Australian income tax paid or to be paid in respect of 
the liability for income tax at the balance date. 

The impact on the franking account of the dividend recommended by the Directors since year end will be a reduction of $53.2 million (2020: 
$18.9 million).  The recommended dividend has not been recognised as a liability at year end. 

Significant Accounting Policies 

Dividend distribution 
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of the Group, 
on or before the end of the financial year but not distributed at balance date. 

23. 

Related party transactions 

Transactions with related parties are at arm’s length unless otherwise stated. 

(a) 
The parent entity within the Group is Super Retail Group Limited, which is the ultimate Australian parent. 

Parent entities 

Subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures 

(b) 
Interests in subsidiaries are set out in Note 27 – Investments in controlled entities.  Details on associates and joint ventures can be found at 
Note 24(b) – Business combinations. 

(c) 
Disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in Note 28 – Key management personnel disclosures. 

Key Management Personnel 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114
114 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

115
115 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

25. 

Deed of cross guarantee 

Super Retail Group Limited, A-Mart All Sports Pty Ltd, Auto Trade Direct Pty Ltd, Coyote Retail Pty Limited, Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd, Goldcross 
Cycles Pty Ltd, Infinite Retail Pty Ltd, Macpac Holdings Pty Ltd, Macpac Retail Pty Ltd, Mouton Noir Management Pty Ltd, MP Finco Pty Limited, 
Macpac Group Holdings Pty Limited, Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd, Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd, Rebel Pty Ltd, Rebel Group Limited, Rebel Management 
Services Pty Limited, Rebel Sport Limited, Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited, Rebelsport.com Pty Limited, SRG Equity Plan Pty Ltd, SRG Leisure 
Retail Pty Ltd, SRGS Pty Ltd, Supercheap Auto Pty Ltd, Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd, Super Retail Group Services Pty Ltd and Workout 
World Pty Ltd are parties to a Deed of Cross Guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of the others. By entering into the 
Deed, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and Directors’ report under ASIC 
Corporations (Wholly-owned Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

(a) 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement and Summary of Movements in Consolidated Retained Earnings 

The above companies represent a Closed Group for the purposes of the Class Order, and as there are no other parties to the Deed of Cross 
Guarantee that are controlled by Super Retail Group Limited, they also represent the Extended Closed Group. 

Set out below is a consolidated comprehensive income statement and a summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings for the 
period ended 26 June 2021 of the Closed Group. 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statement 

Revenue from continuing operations 
Other income from continuing operations 

Total revenues and other income 

Cost of sales of goods 

Other expenses from ordinary activities 
  - selling and distribution 
  - marketing 
  - occupancy 

  - administration 
Net finance costs 
Share of net loss of associates and joint ventures 

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 

Profit for the period 

Statement of comprehensive income 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges 
Other comprehensive income for the period, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

Summary of movements in consolidated retained earnings 
Retained profits at the beginning of the financial period 
Change in accounting policy – AASB 16 Leases 
Change in Closed Group 

Restated balance at the beginning of the financial period 
Profit for the period 
Dividends paid  
Retained profits at the end of the financial period 

2021 
$m 

3,235.1 
0.3 

3,235.4 

2020 
$m 

2,644.9 
28.5 

2,673.4 

(1,686.2) 

(1,458.4) 

(415.0) 

(95.2) 
(199.0) 
(392.0) 
(39.4) 

(0.2) 

(2,827.0) 

408.4 
(120.8) 
287.6 

$m 

287.6 

3.8 

3.8 

291.4 

$m 
368.9 
- 
(0.6) 

368.3 
287.6 
(118.5) 

537.4 

(352.4) 

(74.4) 
(191.5) 
(369.2) 
(53.5) 

(0.6) 

(2,500.0) 

173.4 
(42.6) 
130.8 

$m 

130.8 

1.0 

1.0 

131.8 

$m 
245.5 
(33.4) 
82.2 

294.3 
130.8 
(56.2) 

368.9 

25. 

Deed of cross guarantee (continued) 

(b) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet 

Set out below is a consolidated balance sheet as at 26 June 2021 of the Closed Group. 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Derivative financial instruments 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Other financial assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right-of-use assets 
Intangible assets 

Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Current tax liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Provisions 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 

Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

EQUITY 
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Retained profits 

TOTAL EQUITY 

2021 
$m 
196.4
48.1
642.4
3.6

890.5

196.5
14.2
205.4
837.4
799.1

2,052.6

2,943.1

533.2
181.1
68.9
- 
93.3

876.5

- 
749.0
25.8

774.8

1,651.3

1,291.8

740.7
13.7
537.4

1,291.8

2020 
$m 
260.9
36.1
451.3
- 

748.3

196.7
11.6
219.6
789.0
806.9

2,023.8

2,772.1

419.7
166.6
17.2
1.9
107.8

713.2

247.8
717.4
23.4

988.6

1,701.8

1,070.3

698.1
3.3
368.9

1,070.3

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116
116 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

117
117 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

26. 

Parent entity financial information 

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts: 

Balance Sheet 
Current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

NET ASSETS 

Contributed equity 
Reserves 
-  share-based payments 
Retained earnings 

Total Equity 

Profit after tax for the period 

Total comprehensive income 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 

316.5 

1,123.6 

71.7 

71.9 

1,051.7 

740.7 

19.7 

291.3 

1,051.7 

266.1 

266.1 

2020 
$m 

325.9 

1,134.3 

30.6 

279.4 

854.9 

698.1 

13.1 

143.7 

854.9 

102.2 

106.5 

Parent entity financial information 
The  financial  information  for  the  parent  entity,  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  has  been  prepared  on  the  same  basis  as  the  consolidated 
financial statements, except as set out below. 

Investments in subsidiaries  
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost in the financial statements of Super Retail Group Limited. 

Tax consolidation legislation 
Super Retail Group Limited and its wholly-owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation. 

The head entity, Super Retail Group Limited, and the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group account for current and deferred tax 
amounts under the “separate taxpayer within group’ approach in accordance with AASB Interpretation 1052, Tax Consolidation Accounting.  

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, Super Retail Group Limited also recognises the current tax liabilities (or assets) 
and the deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from controlled entities in the tax consolidated 
group. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate Super Retail Group 
Limited  for  any  current  tax  payable  assumed  and  are  compensated  by  Super  Retail  Group  Limited  for  any  current  tax  receivable  and 
deferred tax assets relating to unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to Super Retail Group Limited under the tax 
consolidation legislation.   The  funding  amounts  are determined by reference  to the  amounts recognised  in  the  wholly-owned  entities’ 
financial statements.  

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from the head entity, which 
is issued as soon as practicable after the end of each financial year.  The head entity may also require payment of interim funding amounts 
to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments. 

Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as current amounts receivable 
from or payable to other entities in the Group.  Any difference between the amounts assumed and amounts receivable or payable under 
the tax funding agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities. 

Financial guarantees 
Where the parent entity has provided financial guarantees in relation to loans and payables of subsidiaries for no compensation, the fair 
values of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the investment. 

27. 

Investments in controlled entities 

The Group’s subsidiaries at 26 June 2021 are set out below.  Unless otherwise stated, they have share capital consisting of ordinary shares 
that are held directly by the Group, and the proportion of ownership interests held equals the voting rights held by the Group.  The country 
of incorporation is also their principal place of business. 

Name of Entity 
A-Mart All Sports Pty Ltd(1) 
Auto Trade Direct (NZ) Limited 
Auto Trade Direct Pty Ltd(1)  
BCF New Zealand Limited 
Coyote Retail Pty Limited(1) 
Foghorn Holdings Pty Ltd(1) 
Goldcross Cycles Pty Ltd(1) 
Infinite Retail Pty Ltd(1) 
Infinite Retail UK Limited(2) 
Macpac Enterprise 
Macpac Group Holdings Pty Limited(1) (4) 
Macpac Holdings Pty Ltd(1) 
Macpac Limited 

Macpac New Zealand Limited 
Macpac Retail Pty Ltd(1) 
MP Finco Pty Limited(1) (4) 
Mouton NOIR IP Limited 
Mouton Noir Management Pty Ltd(1) 
Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd(1) 
Oceania Bicycles Limited(3)  
Ray’s Outdoors New Zealand Limited 
Ray’s Outdoors Pty Ltd(1) 
Rebelsport.com Pty Limited(1) 
Rebel Group Limited(1) 
Rebel Management Services Pty Limited(1) 
Rebel Pty Ltd(1) 
Rebel Sport Limited(1) 
Rebel Wholesale Pty Limited(1) 
SRG Equity Plan Pty Ltd(1) 
SRG Leisure Retail Pty Ltd(1)  
SRGS (New Zealand) Limited  
SRGS Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Cheap Auto (New Zealand) Pty Limited 
Super Cheap Auto Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Retail Commercial Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Retail Group Services (New Zealand) Limited 
Super Retail Group Services Pty Ltd(1) 
Super Retail Group Trading (Shanghai) Ltd 
VBM Retail (HK) Limited(2) 
VBM Retail NZ Limited(2) 
Workout World Pty Limited(1) 

Country of 
Incorporation 
Australia 

New Zealand 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 

Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
United Kingdom 

New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 

New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 

Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 
New Zealand 

Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 

Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 

Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
New Zealand 

Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 

China 
Hong Kong 
New Zealand 
Australia 

Principal Activities 
Sports retail 

Equity Holding 
2020 
% 
100 

2021 
% 
100 

Auto retail 
Auto retail 
Outdoor retail 
Sports retail 

Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 

Outdoor retail 
Outdoor retail 
Outdoor retail 
Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 
Outdoor retail 
Outdoor retail 
Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Outdoor retail 

Outdoor retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 

Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Investments 

Outdoor retail 
Product acquisition and distribution 
Product acquisition and distribution 
Auto retail 

Auto retail 
Auto retail 
Support services 
Support services 

Product sourcing 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 
Sports retail 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

100 
100 
100 
100 

(1) These controlled entities have been granted relief from the requirement to prepare financial reports in accordance with ASIC Corporations (Wholly-owned 

Companies) Instrument 2016/785 issued  by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. 

(2) Investment is held directly by Infinite Retail Pty Ltd. 
(3) Investment is held directly by Oceania Bicycles Pty Ltd. 
(4) Previously incorporated in New Zealand.  Re-domiciled during the financial year ended 27 June 2020. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
118
118 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

119
119 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

29. 

Share-based payments (continued) 

(a) 

Executive Performance Rights (continued) 

The weighted average remaining contractual life  of Performance Rights outstanding as at the  end of the period was 1.8 years (2020: 1.8 
years). 

Fair value of Performance Rights granted 

For Performance Rights, the fair value at grant date is determined using a Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account the 
exercise price, the term of the Performance Rights, the vesting and performance criteria, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date 
and  expected  price  volatility  of  the  underlying  share,  the  expected  dividend  yield  and  the  risk-free  interest  rate  for  the  term  of  the 
Performance Rights.  The fair values and model inputs for Performance Rights granted during the period included: 

2021 Performance Rights 
$9.47 
30 December 2020 
1 Nov 2022, 1 Nov 2023, 1 Nov 2024 
$10.87 
1.0% 
4.6% 
0.22% 
(1) Grant date for accounting valuation is the date team members became aware of the terms and conditions of the offer which for the 2021 Performance Rights 

Fair value of Performance Rights granted 
Grant date (accounting valuation)(1) 
Expiry dates 
Share price at grant date 
Expected price volatility of the Group’s shares 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

was 30 December 2020.  The grant date as outlined in the terms and conditions of the offer is 1 November 2020. 

Expenses arising from share-based payments transactions: 

Executive Performance Rights 

Significant Accounting Policies 

2021 
$m 
7.7 

2020 
$m 
0.2 

Share-based payments 
Share-based compensation benefits are provided to certain employees via the Super Retail Group Performance Rights Plan. 

The fair value of performance rights granted under the plan are recognised as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in equity.  The fair value is measured at grant date and recognised over the period during which the employees become unconditionally 
entitled to the performance rights. 

The fair value of the performance rights granted excludes the impact of any non-market vesting conditions (for example, profitability and 
sales  growth  targets).    Non-market  vesting  conditions  are  included  in  assumptions  about  the  number  of  performance  rights  that  are 
expected to become exercisable.  At each balance sheet date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of performance rights that are 
expected to become exercisable.  The employee benefit expense recognised each period takes into account the most recent estimate. 

Upon exercise of the performance rights, the balance of the share-based payments reserve relating to those performance rights remains 
in the share-based payments reserve. 

28. 

Key Management Personnel disclosures 

(a) 

Key Management Personnel compensation 

Short-term employee benefits 
Long-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 

2021 
$ 

7,895,340 
788,389 
202,501 
3,651,950 

12,538,180 

2020 
$ 
7,257,972 
360,570 
178,154 
424,979 

8,221,675 

The key management personnel remuneration in some instances has been paid by a subsidiary. 

Loans to key management personnel 
There were no loans to individuals at any time. 

Other transactions with key management personnel 
Aggregate amounts of each of the above types of other transactions with key management personnel of Super Retail Group Limited: 

Amounts paid to key management personnel as shareholders 
Dividends(1) 
(1) Dividends paid to KMP shareholders was lower in the prior year due to the cancellation of the 2020 interim dividend. 

2021 

$ 
36,125,381 

2020 

$ 
17,135,677 

29. 

Share-based payments 

(a) 

Executive Performance Rights 

The Company has established the Super Retail Group Executive Performance Rights Plan (“the plan”) to assist in the retention and motivation 
of executives of Super Retail Group (Participants).  It is intended that the Performance Rights will enable the Company to retain and attract 
skilled and experienced executives and provide them with the motivation to enhance the success of the Company. 

Under the Performance Rights Plan, rights may be offered to Participants selected by the Board.  Unless otherwise determined by the Board, 
no payment is required for the grant of rights under the plan.   

The vesting conditions are based on Board approved measures of sustainable shareholder returns such as Earnings Per Share (EPS) and Return 
on Capital (ROC).  Historically the Long-Term Incentive (LTI) Plan has used a combination of EPS and ROC which the Board determined are 
appropriate measures of sustainable shareholder returns.  In the context of COVID-19 and the challenges of forecasting the impact on the 
business, the Board established a two-year Medium Term Business Plan (MTBP), with targets for ROC and Normalised Profit Before Tax (NPBT).  
The grant in the 2021 financial year covered LTI reward for both the 2021 and 2022 financial years and is based on performance over the two-
year period of the MTBP.  For the Performance Rights granted on 1 September 2019, these are tested based on the June 2022 results and will 
vest over the two years from the year of testing at 50 per cent per year.  For the Performance Rights granted on 1 November 2020, these are 
also tested based on the June 2022 results and vest from the year of testing over three years at one-third per year.   

Subject to any adjustment in the event of a bonus issue, each right is an entitlement to subscribe for one share.  Upon the exercise of a right 
by a Participant, each share issued will rank equally with other shares of the Company. 

Performance Rights issued under the plan may not be transferred unless approved by the Board.  The table below summarises rights granted 
under the plan. 

Number of Rights Issued  
Grant Date 
2021 
1 September 2015 
1 September 2016 
1 September 2017 
1 September 2018 
1 September 2019 
1 November 2020 

2020 
1 September 2015 
1 September 2016 
1 September 2017 
1 September 2018 
1 September 2019 

Balance at start 
of the year 
(Number) 
9,952 
147,054 
465,885 
344,698 
695,470 
- 
1,663,059 

Granted during 
the year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
1,121,283 
1,121,283 

Exercised during 
the year 
(Number) 
(9,952) 
(73,508) 
(89,193) 
- 
- 
- 
(172,653) 

Forfeited during 
the year 
(Number) 
- 
- 
(287,452) 
(7,754) 
(38,507) 
(4,500) 
(338,213) 

Balance at the 
end of the year 
(Number) (1) 
- 
73,546 
89,240 
336,944 
656,963 
1,116,783 
2,273,476 

136,707 
453,535 
633,916 
592,684 
- 
1,816,842 

- 
- 
- 
- 
727,470 
727,470 

(10,089) 
(150,879) 
- 
- 
- 
(160,968) 

(116,666) 
(155,602) 
(168,031) 
(247,986) 
(32,000) 
(720,285) 

9,952 
147,054 
465,885 
344,698 
695,470 
1,663,059 

(1) All Performance Rights as at the end of the year are unvested and the exercise price for all grants is nil. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
120
120 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

121
121 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

33. 

Net tangible asset backing  

Net tangible asset per ordinary share 

2021 
Cents 
$1.93 

2020 
Cents 
$0.88 

Net tangible asset per ordinary share (NTA) is calculated based on Net Assets of $1,226.5 million (2020: $991.3 million) less intangible assets 
of $866.9 million (2020: $874.3 million) adjusted for the associated deferred tax liability of $75.3 million (2020: $75.3 million).  The number 
of shares used in the calculation was 225,826,500 (2020: 219,697,707). 

The  NTA  calculation  includes  the  right-of-use  assets  in  respect  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  leases  of  $894.3  million  (2020:  $848.0 
million), and the lease liabilities recognised  under AASB 16 Leases of $989.6 million (2020: $939.3 million).  If the right-of-use assets and 
associated deferred  tax liability were  excluded from  the calculation,  the  NTA  would have been negative  $0.86  per  ordinary share (2020: 
negative $1.85). 

34. 

Events occurring after balance date 

No matters or circumstance have arisen since 26 June 2021 that have significantly affected, or may significantly affect: 

(a) 
(b) 
(c) 

the Group’s operations in future financial years; or 
the results of those operations in future financial years; or 
the Group’s state of affairs in future financial years. 

30. 

Remuneration of auditors 

During the period the following fees were paid or payable for services provided by the auditor of the parent entity, its related practices and 
non-related audit firms.   

(a) 
(i) 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
Assurance services 

Audit and review of financial statements 

Other assurance 

Total remuneration for audit and other assurance services 

(ii) 

Taxation services 

Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns 

Total remuneration for taxation services 

(iii) 

Other services 

Advisory services 

Total remuneration for advisory services 

Total remuneration of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

(b)  Network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 
(i) 

Taxation services 

Tax compliance services, including review of Company income tax returns 

Total remuneration of network firms of PricewaterhouseCoopers Australia 

Total auditors’ remuneration 

2021 
$ 

879,240 

- 

879,240 

163,537 

163,537 

- 

- 

2020 
$ 

855,736 

- 

855,736 

258,577 

258,577 

45,900 

45,900 

1,042,777 

1,160,213 

47,011 

47,011 

80,380 

80,380 

1,089,788 

1,240,593 

The  Group’s  auditor  is  PricewaterhouseCoopers.    The  Group  may  employ  PricewaterhouseCoopers  on  assignments  additional  to  their 
statutory  audit  duties  where  PricewaterhouseCoopers’  expertise  and  experience  with  the  Group  are  important.    These  assignments  are 
principally tax advice, or where the auditor is awarded assignments on a competitive basis.  It is the Group’s policy to seek competitive tenders 
for all major consulting projects.  The Board has considered the non-audit services provided during the year by the auditor, and in accordance 
with written advice provided by resolution of the Audit and Risk Committee, is satisfied that the provision of those non-audit services during 
the year by the auditor is compatible with, and did not compromise, the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. 

31. 

Contingencies 

Guarantees 
Guarantees issued by the bankers of the Group in support of various rental  
arrangements.  
The maximum future rental payments guaranteed amount to: 

2021 
$m 

2020 
$m 

4.7 

4.9 

Other Contingencies 
The  Group  continues  to  work  with  the  Fair  Work  Ombudsman  in  relation  to  the  underpayment  of  team  members.   This  may  result  in 
undertakings required by the regulator, or the commencement of legal proceedings.  Further amounts may become payable at the direction 
of the regulator or as a result of legal proceedings.  Future professional advisory fees will be incurred to finalise remediation outcomes. 

From  time  to  time  the  Group  is subject  to  legal  claims  as  a result  of  its  operations.   An  immaterial  contingent  liability  may  exist  for  any 
exposure over and above current provisioning levels. 

32. 

Commitments 

Commitments  payable  for  the  acquisition  of  plant  and  equipment  and  computer  software,  contracted  for  at  the  reporting  date  but  not 
recognised as liabilities payable, total $5.4 million as at 26 June 2021 (27 June 2020: $2.6 million). 

The Group leases various offices, warehouses and retail stores under non-cancellable operating leases.  These leases have varying terms, 
escalation clauses and renewal rights.  The Group has recognised right-of-use assets for these leases, except for short-term and low-value 
leases.  Refer Note 11 - Leases for details of Property right-of-use assets and Note 21 – Financial risk management for details of the contractual 
maturities of the lease liabilities. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
122
122 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

123

DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

In the Directors’ opinion: 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

the financial statements and notes set out on pages 69 to 121 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 
(i) 

complying  with  Accounting  Standards,  the  Corporations  Regulations  2001  and  other  mandatory  professional  reporting 
requirements; and 
giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity's financial position as at 26 June 2021 and of its performance for the 
financial year ended on that date; and 

(ii) 

there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Company will be able to pay its debts as and when they become due and payable; 
and 
at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group identified in 
Note 25 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of the deed of cross 
guarantee described in Note 25. 

Note 2(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International 
Accounting Standards Board. 

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Group Managing Director and Chief Financial Officer required by section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors. 

S A Pitkin AO 
Director 

Brisbane 
18 August 2021 

A M Heraghty 
Director 

Independent auditor’s report 

To the members of Super Retail Group Limited 

Report on the audit of the financial report 

Our opinion 

In our opinion: 

The accompanying financial report of Super Retail Group Limited (the Company) and its controlled 
entities (together the Group) is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including: 

(a)  giving a true and fair view of the Group's financial position as at 26 June 2021 and of its 

financial performance for the period 28 June 2020 to 26 June 2021 (the year) 

(b)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

What we have audited 
The Group financial report comprises: 

● 
● 
● 
● 
● 

● 

the consolidated balance sheet as at 26 June 2021 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended 
the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended 
the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended 
the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include significant accounting policies 
and other explanatory information 
the directors’ declaration. 

Basis for opinion 

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
report section of our report. 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for 
our opinion. 

Independence 
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor independence requirements of the 
Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting Professional & Ethical 
Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including Independence 
Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code. 

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757 
480 Queen Street, BRISBANE  QLD  4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE  QLD  4001 
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
124

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

125

Our audit approach 

Key audit matters 

An audit is designed to provide reasonable assurance about whether the financial report is free from 
material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to fraud or error. They are considered material if 
individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of 
users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an 
opinion on the financial report as a whole, taking into account the geographic and management 
structure of the Group, its accounting processes and controls and the industry in which it operates. 

Materiality 

●  For the purpose of our audit we used overall Group materiality of $17.1 million, which represents 

approximately 4% of the Group’s profit before tax. 

●  We applied this threshold, together with qualitative considerations, to determine the scope of our audit 
and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate the effect of misstatements on 
the financial report as a whole. 

●  We chose Group profit before tax because, in our view, it is the benchmark against which the performance 

of the Group is most commonly measured.   

●  We utilised a 4% threshold based on our professional judgement, noting it is within the range of 

commonly acceptable thresholds.  

Audit scope 

●  Our audit focused on where the Group made subjective judgements; for example, significant accounting 

estimates involving assumptions and inherently uncertain future events. 

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report for the current period. The key audit matters were addressed in the 
context of our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do 
not provide a separate opinion on these matters. Further, any commentary on the outcomes of a 
particular audit procedure is made in that context. We communicated the key audit matters to the 
Audit and Risk Committee. 

Key audit matter 

Carrying value of Goodwill and Brand names 
(Refer to note 10) Goodwill $526.6m ; Brand names : 
$253.3m 

Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating 
units (CGUs) which are consistent with the Group’s 
segments.  

During the annual review for impairment, the Group 
determined the recoverable amount for each CGU 
using discounted cash flow valuation models 
(valuation models) which relied on significant 
assumptions and estimates of future trading 
performance. 

The carrying value of goodwill and brand names was a 
key audit matter due to its size and the judgements 
involved in estimating the cash flow forecasts, 
including consideration of the assumed economic 
recovery in relation to COVID-19 applied to the 
forecasts. 

How our audit addressed the key audit 
matter 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

● Developing an understanding of and evaluating the 
Group’s processes and controls related to annual 
impairment assessments of the CGUs in light of the 
requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. 

● Comparing actual results with historical forecasts to 
assess the reliability of the forecasts used in the cash 
flow models. 

● Evaluating how the Group considered the ongoing 
impact of COVID-19 in the future cash flow forecasts. 

● Together with PwC valuation experts, assessing the 
valuation methodology and mathematical accuracy of 
the models and comparing the discount rate and 
growth rate assumptions to historical company data 
and market observable inputs. 

● Evaluating the Group’s assessment that the 
indefinite life assumption for brand names remains 
appropriate at period end. 

● Evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures made in 
the financial report, in light of the requirements of 
Australian Accounting Standards. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
126

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

127

Key audit matter 

Lease accounting 
(Refer to note 11) Right of Use assets : $894.3m, 
Lease Liabilities $989.6m 

The Group adopted Australian Accounting Standard 
AASB 16 Leases (AASB 16) in the prior period. As a 
result, Right of Use assets and Lease Liabilities are 
recognised on the balance sheet. 

This was a key audit matter due to the: 

● Financial significance of the balances included in 
the financial report  

● The critical judgements used in determining the 
lease term assumptions in the lease calculations 

How our audit addressed the key audit 
matter 

Our audit procedures included the following:  

● Assessing the Group’s accounting policies against 
the requirements of AASB 16. 

●  For a sample of lease agreements: 

●  Evaluating the lease calculations against the 

terms of the lease agreement and the 
requirements of Australian Accounting 
Standards 

●  Testing the mathematical accuracy of the 

lease calculations 

●  Evaluating the evidence for critical 
judgements made over lease term 
assumptions.  

● Evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures made in 
Note 11 in light of the requirements of Australian 
Accounting Standards. 

Computer software  
(Refer to note 10) Net computer software $87.0m, 
Note 2 (g) 

During the period, the Group changed its accounting 
policy on accounting for Configuration or 
Customisation Costs for Software-as-a-Service (SaaS) 
arrangements as intangible assets in line with the 
accounting treatment set out in the IFRS 
Interpretation Committee agenda decision in March 
2021 and AASB 138 Intangible Assets (AASB 138).  

Our audit procedures included the following:  

● Assessing the Group’s accounting policies against 
the requirements of AASB 138 and the IFRS 
Interpretations Committee agenda decision on 
Configuration or Customisation Costs for Software-
as-a-Service (SaaS) arrangements.  

For a sample of intangible assets, we performed the 
following procedures, amongst others:  

This was a key audit matter due to the: 

● Financial significance of the intangible assets 
balance included in the financial report  

● Judgement involved to determine whether 
implementation activities of SaaS arrangements 
create an intangible asset that the Group controls.   

● Assessing the nature of the costs capitalised against 
the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards.  

● Obtaining evidence supporting the Group’s 
classification of costs in relation to SaaS 
arrangements.   

● Evaluating the adequacy of the disclosures made in 
the financial report, in light of the requirements of 
Australian Accounting Standards. 

Key audit matter 

Inventory valuation 
(Refer to note 8) $696.4m 

How our audit addressed the key audit 
matter 

Our audit procedures included the following: 

The valuation of inventory was a key audit matter 
because of the judgements involved in: 

● Estimating the net realisable value (NRV) of 
inventory. 

● Assessing the Group’s accounting policies against 
the requirements of Australian Accounting Standards. 

● For a sample of inventory items, agreeing 
movements between stocktake date and year end to 
supporting documentation. 

● Capitalising attributable overheads and adjusting 
inventory cost for rebates received. 

● Testing the mathematical accuracy of the stock loss 
provision. 

● Assessing the NRV provision, using data analysis 
techniques to compare the carrying value to the most 
recent sales price for each item. 

● Evaluating the Group's methodology for capitalising 
overheads and rebates to inventory against the 
requirements of the Australian Accounting Standards.  

● Evaluating the nature of a sample of the costs 
capitalised during the year, in light of the 
requirements of the Australian Accounting Standards. 

Other information 

The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the annual report for the year ended 26 June 2021, but does not include the 
financial report and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon. 

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. 

If, based on the work we have performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of 
this auditor’s report, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we 
are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
128

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

129

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is free 
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial report. 

A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial report is located at the 
Auditing and Assurance Standards Board website at: 
https://www.auasb.gov.au/admin/file/content102/c3/ar1_2020.pdf.. This description forms part of 
our auditor's report. 

Report on the remuneration report 

Our opinion on the remuneration report 

We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 43 to 67 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 26 June 2021. 

In our opinion, the remuneration report of Super Retail Group Limited for the year ended 26 June 
2021 complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

Responsibilities 

The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
remuneration report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility 
is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit conducted in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards.  

PricewaterhouseCoopers 

Paddy Carney 
Partner 

Brisbane 
18 August 2021 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
130
130 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 

131
131 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION (continued) 
For the period ended 26 June 2021 

The shareholder information set out below was applicable as at 11 August 2021. 

C. 

Substantial shareholdings 

As at 11 August 2021, there are three substantial shareholders that the Company is aware of: 

Name 

REGINALD ALLEN ROWE  

CHALLENGER LIMITED 

ALPHINITY INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT PTY LTD 

D. 

Unquoted equity securities 

Ordinary shares Number 
held 

Percentage of issued 
shares 

Date of most  
Recent notice 

65,890,431 

16,421,526 

11,362,765 

29.18% 

7.27% 

5.03% 

29/06/2020 

12/07/2021 

21/09/2020 

As at 18 August 2021, there were 2,273,476 unlisted performance rights, granted to 93 holders, over unissued ordinary shares in the Company. 

E. 

Voting rights 

The voting rights relating to each class of equity securities is as follows: 

Ordinary Shares 

a) 
On a show of hands at a General Meeting of the Company, every member present in person or by proxy shall have one vote and upon poll 
each person present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for each ordinary share held. 

Options and Performance Rights 

b) 
Performance Rights and Options do not have any voting rights. 

F. 

Market buy-back 

There is currently no on market buy-back.

Number of Shareholders 
There were 16,446 shareholders, holding 225,826,500 fully paid ordinary shares. 

Distribution of equity securities 

A. 
Analysis of numbers of equity security holders by size of holding: 

Range 

1-1000 

1,001-5,000 
5,001-10,000 
10,001-100,000 
100,001 and over 

Total 

Ordinary 
Shareholders 

Percentage of 
Shareholders 

Performance Rights  
holders 

Percentage of Rights 
holders 

9,578 

5,635 
805 
380 
48 

16,446 

58.2% 

34.3% 
4.9% 
2.3% 
0.3% 

100.0% 

1 

22 
27 
43 
5 

93 

1.0% 

22.4% 
27.6% 
43.9% 
5.1% 

100.0% 

There were 571 holders of less than a marketable parcel of ordinary shares. 

Equity security holders 

B. 
The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted equity securities are listed below: 

Name 

SCA FT PTY LTD 
HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED  

J P MORGAN NOMINEES AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED  
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
NATIONAL NOMINEES LIMITED  
BNP PARIBAS NOMS PTY LTD  

BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD  
RE-GROW FUTURES PTY LTD  
CITICORP NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
SCCASP HOLDINGS PTY LTD  

SANTOS L HELPER PTY LTD  
MR KENNETH JOSEPH HALL  
EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  

EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
EQUITAS NOMINEES PTY LIMITED  
PACIFIC CUSTODIANS PTY LIMITED  
AMP LIFE LIMITED  

HSBC CUSTODY NOMINEES (AUSTRALIA) LIMITED-GSCO ECA 
BNP PARIBAS NOMINEES PTY LTD SIX SIS LTD  

Ordinary shares 

Number held 

Percentage of 
issued shares 

61,490,627 
48,295,364 

25,601,136 
21,953,405 
10,450,277 
4,850,793 

4,085,151 
3,167,000 
2,920,596 
1,232,804 

904,246 
777,143 
717,328 
648,346 

625,298 
611,876 
555,774 
530,013 

453,586 
430,826 

27.23% 
21.39% 

11.34% 
9.72% 
4.63% 
2.15% 

1.81% 
1.40% 
1.29% 
0.55% 

0.40% 
0.34% 
0.32% 
0.29% 

0.28% 
0.27% 
0.25% 
0.23% 

0.20% 
0.19% 

190,301,589 

84.28% 

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
132

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

133

Corporate 
Directory

Name of Entity 
SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED 

ABN  
81 108 676 204

Company Secretary 
Rebecca Farrell

Principal Registered Office  
6 Coulthards Avenue 
STRATHPINE  QLD  4500  Australia 
Telephone: 
Facsimile:  

+61 7 3482 7900 
+61 7 3205 8522

Website Address 
www.superretailgroup.com.au 

Securities Exchange 
Super Retail Group Limited (SUL) shares 
are quoted on the Australian Securities 
Exchange 

Share Registry 
Link Market Services 
Level 12, 680 George Street  
SYDNEY  NSW  2000  Australia 

Telephone: 
1300 554 474 
+61 2 8280 7100 
www.linkmarketservices.com.au 

Auditors 
PricewaterhouseCoopers

Financial Calendar
Key dates for shareholders(1)

Annual General Meeting (2) 

Final Dividend Ex-Date

Final Dividend Record Date

20 October 2021

23 August 2021

24 August 2021

Full Year DRP Election Date

Full Year Dividend  
Payment Date 

Interim Results 
Announcement

25 August 2021 

7 October 2021

21 February 2022

Interim Dividend Ex-Date

Interim Dividend  
Record Date

Interim DRP Election Date

24 February 2022

25 February 2022

28 February 2022

Interim Dividend  
Payment Date

4 April 2022

(1)  All 2022 dates are subject to Board approval. If there are  

changes to any other dates, the Australian Securities Exchange  
will be notified as required.

(2)  The 2021 Annual General Meeting of the Shareholders of  

Super Retail Group Limited will be held as a hybrid meeting,  
which will permit shareholders to attend in person or online.  
Further details will be available on the ASX and our website.

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21 
 
 
134

SUPER RETAIL GROUP LIMITED ANNUAL REPORT FY21

Notes

Inspiring you to 
live your passion

ABN: 81 108 676 204

www.superretailgroup.com.au